summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/macosx
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'macosx')
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c685
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c8
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c18
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c408
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c465
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c58
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c193
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c145
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c19
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c567
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c150
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c415
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c1
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c103
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c16
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c108
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c395
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c4
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c115
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c64
-rw-r--r--macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c82
-rw-r--r--macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c450
22 files changed, 2436 insertions, 2033 deletions
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c
index ad963e1..1c4ad25 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/*
* tkMacOSXButton.c --
*
- * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the
- * button widgets.
+ * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the button
+ * widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
@@ -70,20 +70,23 @@ typedef struct {
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
-
-static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (const HIRect *btnbounds, MacButton *ptr,
- SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
-static void ButtonContentDrawCB (const HIRect *bounds, ThemeButtonKind kind,
- const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
- Boolean isColorDev);
-static void ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams (TkButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
- HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo);
-static int TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams (TkButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr);
-static void TkMacOSXDrawButton (MacButton *butPtr, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
-static void DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton* butPtr);
-static void PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData);
-
+static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(const HIRect *btnbounds,
+ MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
+static void ButtonContentDrawCB(const HIRect *bounds,
+ ThemeButtonKind kind,
+ const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr,
+ SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
+static void ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(TkButton *butPtr,
+ ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
+ HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo);
+static int TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(TkButton *butPtr,
+ DrawParams * dpPtr);
+static void TkMacOSXDrawButton(MacButton *butPtr, GC gc,
+ Pixmap pixmap);
+static void DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton *butPtr);
+static void PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The class procedure table for the button widgets.
@@ -95,15 +98,15 @@ const Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
};
static int bCount;
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpButtonSetDefaults --
*
- * This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for
- * buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the current
- * values defined for this platform.
+ * This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for buttons.
+ * It modifies some of the default values to match the current values
+ * defined for this platform.
*
* Results:
* Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified.
@@ -117,9 +120,8 @@ static int bCount;
void
TkpButtonSetDefaults()
{
-/*No-op.*/
+ /*No-op.*/
}
-
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -141,10 +143,10 @@ TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
- MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton));
+ MacButton *macButtonPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton));
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask,
- ButtonEventProc, (ClientData) macButtonPtr);
+ ButtonEventProc, macButtonPtr);
macButtonPtr->id = bCount++;
macButtonPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
macButtonPtr->btnkind = kThemePushButton;
@@ -152,7 +154,7 @@ TkpCreateButton(
bzero(&macButtonPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->drawinfo));
bzero(&macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo));
- return (TkButton *)macButtonPtr;
+ return (TkButton *) macButtonPtr;
}
/*
@@ -160,15 +162,15 @@ TkpCreateButton(
*
* TkpDisplayButton --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is
- * normally invoked as an idle handler.
+ * This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally
+ * invoked as an idle handler.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Commands are output to X to display the button in its
- * current mode. The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
+ * Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode. The
+ * REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -177,8 +179,8 @@ void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
- MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) clientData;
- TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
+ MacButton *macButtonPtr = clientData;
+ TkButton *butPtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
DrawParams* dpPtr = &macButtonPtr->drawParams;
@@ -191,16 +193,15 @@ TkpDisplayButton(
pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
- if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr) ) {
+ if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr)) {
macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0;
} else {
macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1;
}
-
/*
- * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port
- * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
+ * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port for this
+ * button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
*/
if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) {
@@ -212,26 +213,36 @@ TkpDisplayButton(
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
- /* Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls. */
+ /*
+ * Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls.
+ */
+
DrawButtonImageAndText(butPtr);
- needhighlight = 1;
+ needhighlight = 1;
} else {
- /* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */
+ /*
+ * Draw the native portion of the buttons.
+ */
+
TkMacOSXDrawButton(macButtonPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap);
- /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */
+ /*
+ * Ask for the highlight border, if needed.
+ */
+
if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
needhighlight = 1;
}
}
- /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */
- if (needhighlight) {
- if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
- Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
+ /*
+ * Draw highlight border.
+ */
+
+ if (needhighlight && (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
+ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID);
- }
}
}
@@ -240,9 +251,9 @@ TkpDisplayButton(
*
* TkpComputeButtonGeometry --
*
- * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure
- * recomputes the button's geometry and passes this information
- * along to the geometry manager for the window.
+ * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure recomputes
+ * the button's geometry and passes this information along to the geometry
+ * manager for the window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -259,7 +270,7 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
{
int width = 0, height = 0, charWidth = 1, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
int txtWidth = 0, txtHeight = 0;
- MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr;
+ MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
char *text = Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr);
@@ -270,21 +281,27 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
*/
if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
- switch (butPtr->type) {
- case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
- GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
- break;
- case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
- GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- /* Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator. */
- butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2;
+ switch (butPtr->type) {
+ case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
+ GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth,
+ (SInt32 *) &butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
+ GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth,
+ (SInt32 *) &butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator.
+ */
+
+ butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2;
} else {
- butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
- butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0;
+ butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
+ butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0;
}
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
@@ -308,44 +325,43 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
- case COMPOUND_TOP:
- case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
-
- /*
- * Image is above or below text.
- */
-
- height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
- width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
- break;
- case COMPOUND_LEFT:
- case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
-
- /*
- * Image is left or right of text.
- */
-
- width += txtWidth + 2*butPtr->padX;
- height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
- break;
- case COMPOUND_CENTER:
-
- /*
- * Image and text are superimposed.
- */
-
- width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
- height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
- break;
- default:
- break;
+ case COMPOUND_TOP:
+ case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+ /*
+ * Image is above or below text.
+ */
+
+ height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
+ width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+ case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+ /*
+ * Image is left or right of text.
+ */
+
+ width += txtWidth + 2*butPtr->padX;
+ height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+ /*
+ * Image and text are superimposed.
+ */
+
+ width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+ height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
}
width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
} else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
- /* Allow room to shift the image. */
+ /*
+ * Allow room to shift the image.
+ */
width += 2;
height += 2;
}
@@ -375,17 +391,17 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
width += butPtr->inset*2;
height += butPtr->inset*2;
if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) {
- width += 12;
+ width += 12;
}
if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
HIRect tmpRect;
HIRect contBounds;
/*
- * A PushButton has a minimum size. We make sure that we
- * are not underestimating the size by requesting the content
- * size of a Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size
- * expanded by the standard padding.
+ * A PushButton has a minimum size. We make sure that we are not
+ * underestimating the size by requesting the content size of a
+ * Pushbutton whose overall size is our content size expanded by the
+ * standard padding.
*/
tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width + 2*HI_PADX, height + 2*HI_PADY);
@@ -402,51 +418,43 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DrawButtonImageAndText --
*
- * Draws the image and text associated with a button or label.
+ * Draws the image and text associated with a button or label.
*
* Results:
- * None.
+ * None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The image and text are drawn.
+ * The image and text are drawn.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DrawButtonImageAndText(
- TkButton* butPtr)
+ TkButton *butPtr)
{
- MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
- Pixmap pixmap;
- int haveImage = 0;
- int haveText = 0;
- int imageWidth = 0;
- int imageHeight = 0;
- int imageXOffset = 0;
- int imageYOffset = 0;
- int textXOffset = 0;
- int textYOffset = 0;
- int width = 0;
- int height = 0;
- int fullWidth = 0;
- int fullHeight = 0;
- int pressed = 0;
-
+ MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ Pixmap pixmap;
+ int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, pressed = 0;
+ int imageWidth = 0, imageHeight = 0;
+ int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
+ int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
+ int width = 0, height = 0;
+ int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
- DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
- pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
+ DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
+ pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->image != None) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
@@ -456,74 +464,68 @@ DrawButtonImageAndText(
haveImage = 1;
}
- imageWidth = width;
+ imageWidth = width;
imageHeight = height;
if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {
- /* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */
+ /*
+ * Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed.
+ */
+
pressed = 1;
}
haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
- int x;
- int y;
- textXOffset = 0;
- textYOffset = 0;
- fullWidth = 0;
- fullHeight = 0;
+ int x, y;
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
- case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
- /* Image is above or below text */
- if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
- textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
- } else {
- imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
- }
- fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
- fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
- butPtr->textWidth);
- textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
- imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
- break;
- }
+ case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+ /* Image is above or below text */
+ if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
+ textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
+ } else {
+ imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
+ }
+ fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
+ fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : butPtr->textWidth);
+ textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
+ imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+ break;
case COMPOUND_LEFT:
- case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
- /*
- * Image is left or right of text
- */
-
- if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
- textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
- } else {
- imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
- }
- fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
- fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
- butPtr->textHeight);
- textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
- imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
- /*
- * Image and text are superimposed
- */
-
- fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
- butPtr->textWidth);
- fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
- butPtr->textHeight);
- textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
- imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
- textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
- imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
- break;
- }
+ case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+ /*
+ * Image is left or right of text
+ */
+
+ if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
+ textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
+ } else {
+ imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
+ }
+ fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
+ fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
+ butPtr->textHeight);
+ textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
+ imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+ /*
+ * Image and text are superimposed
+ */
+
+ fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
+ butPtr->textWidth);
+ fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
+ butPtr->textHeight);
+ textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
+ imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+ textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
+ imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+ break;
default:
- break;
+ break;
}
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
@@ -547,25 +549,25 @@ DrawButtonImageAndText(
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
- if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
- (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
- width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
- (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
- width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- } else {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
- height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- }
+ if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
+ (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
+ width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
+ (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
+ width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ } else {
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
+ height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ }
} else {
- XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
- imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
- 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
- imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
- XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
+ XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
+ imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
+ 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
+ imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
+ XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons. */
@@ -577,60 +579,57 @@ DrawButtonImageAndText(
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
butPtr->underline);
} else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
- int x = 0;
- int y;
+ int x = 0, y;
+
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
- butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
- butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
- width + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
- height, &x, &y);
+ butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
+ butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
+ width + butPtr->indicatorSpace, height, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
if (pressed) {
- x += dpPtr->offset;
- y += dpPtr->offset;
+ x += dpPtr->offset;
+ y += dpPtr->offset;
}
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
-
- if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
- (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width,
- height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
- (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width,
- height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- } else {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
- pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
- }
+ if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
+ (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width,
+ height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
+ (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width,
+ height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ } else {
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
+ pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ }
} else {
- XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
- XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
- pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
- 0, 0, (unsigned int) width,
- (unsigned int) height,
- imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
- XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
+ XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
+ XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
+ 0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
+ imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
+ XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
} else { /* Text only */
int x, y;
+
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
- butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
- butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
+ butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
+ butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
y += 1; /* Tweak to match native buttons */
- Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
- x, y, 0, -1);
+ Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
+ butPtr->textLayout, x, y, 0, -1);
}
/*
* If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
- * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget
- * is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
- * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
+ * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is
+ * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must
+ * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
*/
if (mbPtr->useTkText) {
@@ -668,18 +667,15 @@ DrawButtonImageAndText(
*/
if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
- int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth;
- Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset,
- Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
- butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief);
+ int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth;
+
+ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset,
+ Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
+ butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief);
}
}
-
- }
-
-
-
-
+}
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -701,6 +697,7 @@ TkpDestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */
+
if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
}
@@ -711,9 +708,8 @@ TkpDestroyButton(
*
* TkMacOSXDrawButton --
*
- * This function draws the tk button using Mac controls
- * In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed
- * in the TkButton.
+ * This function draws the tk button using Mac controls. In addition,
+ * this code may apply custom colors passed in the TkButton.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -732,23 +728,19 @@ TkMacOSXDrawButton(
Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
* for the bevel button */
{
- TkButton * butPtr = ( TkButton *)mbPtr;
- TkWindow * winPtr;
- HIRect cntrRect;
+ TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr;
+ TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin;
+ HIRect cntrRect;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
- DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
+ DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
int useNewerHITools = 1;
- winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin;
-
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);
- cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff,
- winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,
- Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),
- Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));
+ cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,
+ Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));
- cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);
+ cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);
if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
HIRect contHIRec;
@@ -762,7 +754,7 @@ TkMacOSXDrawButton(
hiinfo.version = 0;
hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
- hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
+ hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
@@ -772,21 +764,19 @@ TkMacOSXDrawButton(
/*
* To avoid buttons with white text on a white background, we always
- * set the state to inactive in Dark Mode. It isn't perfect but
- * it is usable. Using a ttk::button would be a better choice,
- * however.
+ * set the state to inactive in Dark Mode. It isn't perfect but it is
+ * usable. Using a ttk::button would be a better choice, however.
*/
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(butPtr->tkwin)) {
hiinfo.state = kThemeStateInactive;
}
- HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal,
- &contHIRec);
+ HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context,
+ kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
- (MacButton *)mbPtr, 32, true);
-
+ (MacButton *) mbPtr, 32, true);
} else {
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
@@ -802,8 +792,8 @@ TkMacOSXDrawButton(
*
* ButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
*
- * This function draws the background that
- * lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons.
+ * This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and
+ * radiobuttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -813,32 +803,33 @@ TkMacOSXDrawButton(
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static void
-ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
- const HIRect * btnbounds,
+ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(
+ const HIRect *btnbounds,
MacButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
- MacButton* mbPtr = (MacButton*)ptr;
- TkButton* butPtr = (TkButton*)mbPtr;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) ptr;
+ TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) mbPtr;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
int usehlborder = 0;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
- pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
+ pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
- case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
- case kThemeBevelButton:
- case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
- case kThemePushButton:
- usehlborder = 1;
- break;
+ case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
+ case kThemeBevelButton:
+ case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
+ case kThemePushButton:
+ usehlborder = 1;
+ break;
}
}
if (usehlborder) {
@@ -874,17 +865,18 @@ ButtonContentDrawCB (
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
- TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) ptr;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
/*
- * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements
- * within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.
+ * Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within
+ * button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.
*/
+
DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}
@@ -893,8 +885,8 @@ ButtonContentDrawCB (
*
* ButtonEventProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
- * events on buttons.
+ * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
+ * buttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -910,8 +902,8 @@ ButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
- TkButton *buttonPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
- MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) clientData;
+ TkButton *buttonPtr = clientData;
+ MacButton *mbPtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
|| eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
@@ -924,7 +916,7 @@ ButtonEventProc(
mbPtr->flags &= ~ACTIVE;
}
if ((buttonPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) buttonPtr);
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, buttonPtr);
buttonPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
@@ -935,9 +927,9 @@ ButtonEventProc(
*
* TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams --
*
- * This procedure computes the various parameters used
- * when creating a Carbon Appearance control.
- * These are determined by the various tk button parameters
+ * This procedure computes the various parameters used when creating a
+ * Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various tk
+ * button parameters
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -950,11 +942,11 @@ ButtonEventProc(
static void
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
- TkButton * butPtr,
- ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
- HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
+ TkButton *butPtr,
+ ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
+ HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
- MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr;
+ MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 2) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallBevelButton;
@@ -968,47 +960,46 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
if ((butPtr->image == None) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) {
switch (butPtr->type) {
- case TYPE_BUTTON:
- *btnkind = kThemePushButton;
- break;
- case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
- if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
- *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
- } else {
- *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
- }
- break;
- case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
- if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
- *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
- } else {
- *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
- }
- break;
+ case TYPE_BUTTON:
+ *btnkind = kThemePushButton;
+ break;
+ case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
+ if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
+ *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
+ } else {
+ *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
+ }
+ break;
+ case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
+ if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
+ *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
+ } else {
+ *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
+ }
+ break;
}
}
if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
switch (butPtr->type) {
- case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
- if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
- *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
- } else {
- *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
- }
- break;
- case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
- if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
- *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
- } else {
- *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
- }
- break;
+ case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
+ if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
+ *btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
+ } else {
+ *btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
+ }
+ break;
+ case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
+ if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
+ *btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
+ } else {
+ *btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
+ }
+ break;
}
} else {
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON ||
- butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON
- ) {
+ butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
if (*btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
}
@@ -1050,8 +1041,7 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault;
if (!mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
- PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc,
- (ClientData) butPtr);
+ PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, butPtr);
}
} else if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
@@ -1068,9 +1058,8 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
*
* TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams --
*
- * This procedure computes the various parameters used
- * when drawing a button
- * These are determined by the various tk button parameters
+ * This procedure computes the various parameters used when drawing a
+ * button. These are determined by the various tk button parameters
*
* Results:
* 1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise.
@@ -1086,7 +1075,7 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
TkButton *butPtr,
DrawParams *dpPtr)
{
- MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr;
+ MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr;
dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL)
|| (butPtr->bitmap != None));
@@ -1095,12 +1084,12 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
dpPtr->offset = 0;
if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
- case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
- case kThemeBevelButton:
- case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
- case kThemePushButton:
- dpPtr->offset = 1;
- break;
+ case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
+ case kThemeBevelButton:
+ case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
+ case kThemePushButton:
+ dpPtr->offset = 1;
+ break;
}
}
}
@@ -1121,8 +1110,8 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
}
/*
- * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a
- * checkbutton or radiobutton and there's no indicator.
+ * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton or
+ * radiobutton and there's no indicator.
*/
dpPtr->relief = butPtr->relief;
@@ -1134,18 +1123,14 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
}
}
- if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL &&
- (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON ||
- butPtr->indicatorOn ||
- dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap)) {
-
+ if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL && (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON ||
+ butPtr->indicatorOn || dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap)) {
/*
* Draw this widget as a native control.
*/
-
+
return 1;
} else {
-
/*
* Draw this widget from scratch.
*/
@@ -1170,15 +1155,17 @@ TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static void
PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData)
{
- MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)clientData;
+ MacButton *mbPtr = clientData;
+
TkpDisplayButton(clientData);
mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, clientData);
}
-
+
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c
index efd3c69..6cbcdf6 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c
@@ -123,8 +123,9 @@ TkSelGetSelection(
{
int result = TCL_ERROR;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
+ int haveExternalClip =
+ ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount);
- int haveExternalClip = ([[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] != changeCount);
if (dispPtr && (haveExternalClip || dispPtr->clipboardActive)
&& selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom
&& (target == XA_STRING || target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) {
@@ -177,6 +178,7 @@ XSetSelectionOwner(
clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
+
changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
}
}
@@ -188,8 +190,8 @@ XSetSelectionOwner(
*
* TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow --
*
- * This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It
- * performs selection-related cleanup.
+ * This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It performs
+ * selection-related cleanup.
*
* Results:
* None.
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c
index b6394b7..03d13dd 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static const struct CursorName cursorNames[] = {
* Declarations of static variables used in this file.
*/
-static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL;
+static TkMacOSXCursor *gCurrentCursor = NULL;
/* A pointer to the current cursor. */
static int gResizeOverride = false;
/* A boolean indicating whether we should use
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the
* cursor. If not (for instance, in the case
* where a Tk window is embedded in another
* app's window, and the cursor is out of the
- * tk window, we will not attempt to adjust
+ * Tk window, we will not attempt to adjust
* the cursor. */
/*
@@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ FindCursorByName(
kCGColorSpaceGenericGray);
CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL,
bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL);
+
if (provider) {
img = CGImageCreate(pix, pix, 1, 1, pix/8, colorspace,
kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault, provider, decodeWB, 0,
@@ -299,14 +300,21 @@ FindCursorByName(
initWithCGImage:maskedImg];
CFRelease(maskedImg);
}
- if (mask) { CFRelease(mask); }
- if (img) { CFRelease(img); }
- if (colorspace) { CFRelease(colorspace); }
+ if (mask) {
+ CFRelease(mask);
+ }
+ if (img) {
+ CFRelease(img);
+ }
+ if (colorspace) {
+ CFRelease(colorspace);
+ }
if (bitmapImageRep) {
image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(pix, pix)];
[image addRepresentation:bitmapImageRep];
[bitmapImageRep release];
}
+
uint16_t *hotSpotData = (uint16_t*)(bitmap + 2*pix*pix/8);
hotSpot.y = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData++);
hotSpot.x = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData);
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c
index a7e10b4..c96d294 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c
@@ -22,31 +22,39 @@
#else
#define modalOK NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
-#endif
+#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOther -1
#define modalError -2
-/*Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.*/
-typedef struct {
- bool doFileTypes; // show the accessory view which displays the filter menu
- bool preselectFilter; // a filter was selected by the typevariable
- bool userHasSelectedFilter; // The user has changed the filter in the accessory view
-
- NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; // array of names, e.g. "Text document"
- NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; // array of allowed extensions per name, e.g. "txt", "doc"
- NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; // displayed string, e.g. "Text document (.txt, .doc)"
- NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; // boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is included
-
- NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; // set of all allowed extensions
- bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; // set of all allowed extensions includes *.*
+/*
+ * Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.
+ */
- NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; // index of currently selected filter
+typedef struct {
+ bool doFileTypes; /* Show the accessory view which
+ * displays the filter menu */
+ bool preselectFilter; /* A filter was selected by the
+ * typevariable. */
+ bool userHasSelectedFilter; /* The user has changed the filter in
+ * the accessory view. */
+ NSMutableArray *fileTypeNames; /* Array of names, e.g. "Text
+ * document". */
+ NSMutableArray *fileTypeExtensions; /* Array of allowed extensions per
+ * name, e.g. "txt", "doc". */
+ NSMutableArray *fileTypeLabels; /* Displayed string, e.g. "Text
+ * document (.txt, .doc)". */
+ NSMutableArray *fileTypeAllowsAll; /* Boolean if the all pattern (*.*) is
+ * included. */
+ NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions; /* Set of all allowed extensions. */
+ bool allowedExtensionsAllowAll; /* Set of all allowed extensions
+ * includes *.* */
+ NSUInteger fileTypeIndex; /* Index of currently selected
+ * filter. */
} filepanelFilterInfo;
-filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;
-
-NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
-NSSavePanel *savepanel;
+static filepanelFilterInfo filterInfo;
+static NSOpenPanel *openpanel;
+static NSSavePanel *savepanel;
static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
@@ -166,10 +174,15 @@ static const short alertNativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[][3] = {
};
/*
- * Construct a file URL from directory and filename. Either may
- * be nil. If both are nil, returns nil.
+ * Construct a file URL from directory and filename. Either may be nil. If both
+ * are nil, returns nil.
*/
-static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
+
+static NSURL *
+getFileURL(
+ NSString *directory,
+ NSString *filename)
+{
NSURL *url = nil;
if (directory) {
url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES];
@@ -229,7 +242,6 @@ static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
}
}
-
- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
@@ -272,12 +284,18 @@ static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex] boolValue]) {
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
- /* setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from the
- * NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an extension
- * Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting any file */
+
+ /*
+ * setAllowsOtherFileTypes might have no effect; it's inherited from
+ * the NSSavePanel, where it has the effect that it does not append an
+ * extension. Setting the allowed file types to nil allows selecting
+ * any file.
+ */
+
[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
} else {
- NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
+ NSMutableArray *allowedtypes =
+ [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
}
@@ -293,7 +311,8 @@ static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:nil];
} else {
- NSMutableArray *allowedtypes = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
+ NSMutableArray *allowedtypes =
+ [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:allowedtypes];
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:NO];
}
@@ -384,6 +403,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
[colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
if (title) {
NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:title];
+
[colorPanel setTitle:s];
[s release];
}
@@ -415,9 +435,17 @@ end:
return result;
}
-/* dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information
- * in the filterInfo structure */
-int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr) {
+/*
+ * Dissect the -filetype nested lists and store the information in the
+ * filterInfo structure.
+ */
+
+static int
+parseFileFilters(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *typeVariablePtr)
+{
if (!fileTypesPtr) {
filterInfo.doFileTypes = false;
@@ -425,6 +453,7 @@ int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVar
}
FileFilterList fl;
+
TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, fileTypesPtr, 0) != TCL_OK) {
TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
@@ -445,11 +474,12 @@ int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVar
if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
- NSString * name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr -> name];
+ NSString *name = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String: filterPtr->name];
+
[filterInfo.fileTypeNames addObject:name];
[name release];
- NSMutableArray * clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
- NSMutableArray * displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
+ NSMutableArray *clauseextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
+ NSMutableArray *displayextensions = [NSMutableArray array];
bool allowsAll = NO;
for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
@@ -460,7 +490,7 @@ int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVar
const char *str = globPtr->pattern;
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
str++;
- }
+ }
if (*str) {
NSString *extension = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
if (![filterInfo.allowedExtensions containsObject:extension]) {
@@ -472,7 +502,10 @@ int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVar
[extension release];
} else {
- // it is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)
+ /*
+ * It is the all pattern (*, .* or *.*)
+ */
+
allowsAll = YES;
filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll = YES;
[displayextensions addObject:@"*"];
@@ -482,27 +515,39 @@ int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVar
[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions addObject:clauseextensions];
[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll addObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:allowsAll]];
- NSMutableString * label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
+ NSMutableString *label = [[NSMutableString alloc] initWithString:name];
[label appendString:@" ("];
[label appendString:[displayextensions componentsJoinedByString:@", "]];
[label appendString:@")"];
[filterInfo.fileTypeLabels addObject:label];
[label release];
-
}
- /* Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names */
+ /*
+ * Check if the typevariable exists and matches one of the names.
+ */
+
filterInfo.preselectFilter = false;
filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter = false;
if (typeVariablePtr) {
- /* extract the variable content as a NSString */
- Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+ /*
+ * Extract the variable content as a NSString.
+ */
+
+ Tcl_Obj *selectedFileTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp,
+ typeVariablePtr, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+
+ /*
+ * Check that the typevariable exists.
+ */
- /* check that the typevariable exists */
if (selectedFileTypeObj != NULL) {
- const char *selectedFileType = Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);
- NSString *selectedFileTypeStr = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType];
- NSUInteger index = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr];
+ const char *selectedFileType =
+ Tcl_GetString(selectedFileTypeObj);
+ NSString *selectedFileTypeStr =
+ [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:selectedFileType];
+ NSUInteger index =
+ [filterInfo.fileTypeNames indexOfObject:selectedFileTypeStr];
if (index != NSNotFound) {
filterInfo.fileTypeIndex = index;
@@ -517,17 +562,24 @@ int parseFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileTypesPtr, Tcl_Obj *typeVar
return TCL_OK;
}
-bool filterCompatible(NSString *extension, int filterIndex) {
- NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions = [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];
+static bool
+filterCompatible(
+ NSString *extension,
+ int filterIndex)
+{
+ NSMutableArray *allowedExtensions =
+ [filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex: filterIndex];
+
+ /*
+ * If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension.
+ */
- /* If this contains the all pattern, accept any extension */
if ([[filterInfo.fileTypeAllowsAll objectAtIndex:filterIndex] boolValue]) {
return true;
}
return [allowedExtensions containsObject: extension];
}
-
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -631,13 +683,16 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
if (title) {
[openpanel setTitle:title];
- /* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open panel.
- * Prepend the title to the message in this case
- * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but
- * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/
+ /*
+ * From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored in the open
+ * panel. Prepend the title to the message in this case. NOTE should
+ * be conditional on OSX version, but -mmacosx-version-min does not
+ * revert this behaviour
+ */
if (message) {
- NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
+ NSString *fullmessage =
+ [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@", title, message];
[message release];
[title release];
message = fullmessage;
@@ -658,15 +713,20 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
}
if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
- NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
- NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
+ NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc]
+ initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
+ NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc]
+ initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
+
[label setEditable:NO];
[label setStringValue:@"Filter:"];
[label setBordered:NO];
[label setBezeled:NO];
[label setDrawsBackground:NO];
- NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
+ NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc]
+ initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 240, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
+
[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
[popupButton setAction:@selector(selectFormat:)];
@@ -674,10 +734,16 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
[accessoryView addSubview:popupButton];
if (filterInfo.preselectFilter) {
- /* A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it and
- * open the accessory view */
+ /*
+ * A specific filter was selected from the typevariable. Select it
+ * and open the accessory view.
+ */
+
[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
- /* on OSX > 10.11, the optons are not visible by default. Ergo allow all file types
+
+ /*
+ * On OSX > 10.11, the options are not visible by default. Ergo
+ * allow all file types
[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions[filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
*/
[openpanel setAllowedFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensions];
@@ -693,7 +759,10 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
[openpanel setAccessoryView:accessoryView];
} else {
- /* No filters are given. Allow picking all files */
+ /*
+ * No filters are given. Allow picking all files.
+ */
+
[openpanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
}
@@ -711,20 +780,24 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
- if (directory || filename ) {
- NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
+ if (directory || filename) {
+ NSURL *fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
+
[openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
}
[openpanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
- completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
- { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
+ completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) {
+ [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:openpanel
returnCode:returnCode
- contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
- modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
+ contextInfo:callbackInfo ];
+ }];
+ modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther :
+ [NSApp runModalForWindow:openpanel];
} else {
- if (directory || filename ) {
- NSURL * fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
+ if (directory || filename) {
+ NSURL *fileURL = getFileURL(directory, filename);
+
[openpanel setDirectoryURL:fileURL];
}
@@ -737,38 +810,50 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
- if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) &&
- filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
+ if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton))
+ && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
/*
- * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
+ * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the
+ * dialog was not cancelled.
*/
+
NSUInteger selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
NSString *selectedFilter = NULL;
+
if (filterInfo.userHasSelectedFilter) {
selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex;
selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
} else {
- /* Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings, but we must
- * return something in the typevariable. First check if the preselected type is compatible
- * with the selected file, otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
- * finally fall back to the empty string */
+ /*
+ * Difficult case: the user has not touched the filter settings,
+ * but we must return something in the typevariable. First check if
+ * the preselected type is compatible with the selected file,
+ * otherwise choose the first compatible type from the list,
+ * finally fall back to the empty string.
+ */
+
NSURL *selectedFile;
+
if (multiple) {
- // Use the first file in the case of multiple selection
- // Anyway it is not overly useful here
+ /*
+ * Use the first file in the case of multiple selection.
+ * Anyway it is not overly useful here.
+ */
selectedFile = [[openpanel URLs] objectAtIndex:0];
} else {
selectedFile = [openpanel URL];
}
NSString *extension = [selectedFile pathExtension];
+
if (filterInfo.preselectFilter &&
- filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
+ filterCompatible(extension, filterInfo.fileTypeIndex)) {
selectedFilterIndex = filterInfo.fileTypeIndex; // The preselection from the typevariable
selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:selectedFilterIndex];
} else {
// scan the list
NSUInteger i;
+
for (i = 0; i < [filterInfo.fileTypeNames count]; i++) {
if (filterCompatible(extension, i)) {
selectedFilterIndex = i;
@@ -780,19 +865,17 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
} else {
selectedFilter = @"";
}
-
}
}
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
- Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+ Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1),
+ TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
-
end:
return result;
}
-
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -807,6 +890,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
*
* Side effects:
* See user documentation.
+ *
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -828,7 +912,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
NSString *message = nil, *title = nil;
NSWindow *parent;
- savepanel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
+ savepanel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
@@ -906,13 +990,17 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
if (title) {
[savepanel setTitle:title];
- /* From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save panel is a sheet.
- * Prepend the title to the message in this case
- * NOTE should be conditional on OSX version, but
- * -mmacosx-version-min does not revert this behaviour*/
+ /*
+ * From OSX 10.11, the title string is silently ignored, if the save
+ * panel is a sheet. Prepend the title to the message in this case.
+ * NOTE: should be conditional on OSX version, but -mmacosx-version-min
+ * does not revert this behaviour.
+ */
+
if (haveParentOption) {
if (message) {
- NSString *fullmessage = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
+ NSString *fullmessage =
+ [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",title,message];
[message release];
[title release];
message = fullmessage;
@@ -932,15 +1020,20 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
}
if (filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
- NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
- NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
+ NSView *accessoryView = [[NSView alloc]
+ initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0.0, 0.0, 300, 32.0)];
+ NSTextField *label = [[NSTextField alloc]
+ initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 60, 22)];
+
[label setEditable:NO];
[label setStringValue:NSLocalizedString(@"Format:", nil)];
[label setBordered:NO];
[label setBezeled:NO];
[label setDrawsBackground:NO];
- NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
+ NSPopUpButton *popupButton = [[NSPopUpButton alloc]
+ initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(50.0, 2, 340, 22.0) pullsDown:NO];
+
[popupButton addItemsWithTitles:filterInfo.fileTypeLabels];
[popupButton selectItemAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
[popupButton setAction:@selector(saveFormat:)];
@@ -953,10 +1046,14 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:[filterInfo.fileTypeExtensions objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex]];
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:filterInfo.allowedExtensionsAllowAll];
} else if (defaultType) {
- /* If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way
- * to specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension,
- * but don't display an accessory view */
+ /*
+ * If no filetypes are given, defaultextension is an alternative way to
+ * specify the attached extension. Just propose this extension, but
+ * don't display an accessory view.
+ */
+
NSMutableArray *AllowedFileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
+
[AllowedFileTypes addObject:defaultType];
[savepanel setAllowedFileTypes:AllowedFileTypes];
[savepanel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
@@ -978,27 +1075,39 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
- parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
- if (directory) {
+ parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
+ if (directory) {
[savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
}
- /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
+
+ /*
+ * Check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with
+ * uncaught exception if set to nil.
+ */
+
if (filename) {
[savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
} else {
[savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:@""];
}
[savepanel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
- completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
- { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
+ completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) {
+ [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:savepanel
returnCode:returnCode
- contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
- modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
+ contextInfo:callbackInfo];
+ }];
+ modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther :
+ [NSApp runModalForWindow:savepanel];
} else {
if (directory) {
[savepanel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
}
- /*check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with uncaught exception if set to nil*/
+
+ /*
+ * Check for file name, otherwise set to empty string; crashes with
+ * uncaught exception if set to nil.
+ */
+
if (filename) {
[savepanel setNameFieldStringValue:filename];
} else {
@@ -1013,16 +1122,20 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
- if ((typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)) && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
+ if (typeVariablePtr && (modalReturnCode == NSOKButton)
+ && filterInfo.doFileTypes) {
/*
- * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the dialog was not cancelled
+ * The -typevariable must be set to the selected file type, if the
+ * dialog was not cancelled.
*/
- NSString * selectedFilter = [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
+
+ NSString *selectedFilter =
+ [filterInfo.fileTypeNames objectAtIndex:filterInfo.fileTypeIndex];
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariablePtr, NULL,
- Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+ Tcl_NewStringObj([selectedFilter UTF8String], -1),
+ TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
-
end:
return result;
}
@@ -1130,7 +1243,12 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
callbackInfo->interp = interp;
callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
- /*check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise crashes with exception because of nil string parameter*/
+
+ /*
+ * Check for directory value, set to root if not specified; otherwise
+ * crashes with exception because of nil string parameter.
+ */
+
if (!directory) {
directory = @"/";
}
@@ -1139,10 +1257,11 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
- completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
- { [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
- returnCode:returnCode
- contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
+ completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode) {
+ [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
+ returnCode:returnCode
+ contextInfo:callbackInfo];
+ }];
modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
} else {
[panel setDirectoryURL:[NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory isDirectory:YES]];
@@ -1201,11 +1320,12 @@ TkAboutDlg(void)
*/
NSString *version = @"Tcl " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL " & Tk " TCL_PATCH_LEVEL;
- NSString *url = @"www.tcl-lang.org";
+ NSString *url = @"www.tcl-lang.org";
NSTextView *credits = [[NSTextView alloc] initWithFrame:NSMakeRect(0,0,300,300)];
NSFont *font = [NSFont systemFontOfSize:[NSFont systemFontSize]];
NSDictionary *textAttributes = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObject:font
forKey:NSFontAttributeName];
+
[credits insertText: [[NSAttributedString alloc]
initWithString:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"\n"
"Tcl and Tk are distributed under a modified BSD license: "
@@ -1219,11 +1339,13 @@ TkAboutDlg(void)
"%1$C 1998-2000 Jim Ingham & Ray Johnson\n\n"
"%1$C 1998-2000 Scriptics Inc.\n\n"
"%1$C 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems Inc.", 0xA9, year]
- attributes:textAttributes]
- replacementRange:NSMakeRange(0,0)];
+ attributes:textAttributes]
+ replacementRange:NSMakeRange(0,0)];
[credits setDrawsBackground:NO];
[credits setEditable:NO];
- NSAlert *about = [[NSAlert alloc] init];
+
+ NSAlert *about = [[NSAlert alloc] init];
+
[[about window] setTitle:@"About Tcl & Tk"];
[about setMessageText: version];
[about setInformativeText:url];
@@ -1378,7 +1500,8 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
- alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
+ alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "-default value",
+ TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
@@ -1399,7 +1522,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
[alert setAlertStyle:alertStyles[iconIndex]];
i = 0;
while (i < 3 && alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i]) {
- [alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*)alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]];
+ [alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*) alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]];
}
buttons = [alert buttons];
for (NSButton *b in buttons) {
@@ -1428,10 +1551,11 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1090
[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
- completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode)
- { [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert
- returnCode:returnCode
- contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
+ completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
+ [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert
+ returnCode:returnCode
+ contextInfo:callbackInfo];
+ }];
#else
[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
modalDelegate:NSApp
@@ -1471,7 +1595,10 @@ typedef struct FontchooserData {
Tk_Window parent;
} FontchooserData;
-enum FontchooserEvent { FontchooserClosed, FontchooserSelection };
+enum FontchooserEvent {
+ FontchooserClosed,
+ FontchooserSelection
+};
static void FontchooserEvent(int kind);
static Tcl_Obj * FontchooserCget(FontchooserData *fcdPtr,
@@ -1563,8 +1690,8 @@ enum FontchooserOption {
*
* FontchooserEvent --
*
- * This processes events generated by user interaction with the
- * font panel.
+ * This processes events generated by user interaction with the font
+ * panel.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1623,9 +1750,8 @@ FontchooserEvent(
*
* FontchooserCget --
*
- * Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the
- * current value of any of the options (which may be NULL in
- * the structure)
+ * Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the current value
+ * of any of the options (which may be NULL in the structure).
*
* Results:
* Tcl object of option value.
@@ -1688,8 +1814,8 @@ FontchooserCget(
*
* FontchooserConfigureCmd --
*
- * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command.
- * See the user documentation for what it does.
+ * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command. See
+ * the user documentation for what it does.
*
* Results:
* See the user documentation.
@@ -1822,7 +1948,8 @@ FontchooserConfigureCmd(
[fm setSelectedAttributes:fontPanelFontAttributes
isMultiple:NO];
if ([fp isVisible]) {
- TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
+ TkSendVirtualEvent(fcdPtr->parent,
+ "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
}
break;
case FontchooserCmd:
@@ -1850,9 +1977,9 @@ FontchooserConfigureCmd(
*
* FontchooserShowCmd --
*
- * Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The
- * per-interp configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp
- * associated structure.
+ * Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The per-interp
+ * configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp associated
+ * structure.
*
* Results:
* See the user documentation.
@@ -1878,8 +2005,10 @@ FontchooserShowCmd(
Tk_CreateEventHandler(fcdPtr->parent, StructureNotifyMask,
FontchooserParentEventHandler, fcdPtr);
}
+
NSFontManager *fm = [NSFontManager sharedFontManager];
NSFontPanel *fp = [fm fontPanel:YES];
+
if ([fp delegate] != NSApp) {
[fp setDelegate:NSApp];
}
@@ -1897,8 +2026,8 @@ FontchooserShowCmd(
*
* FontchooserHideCmd --
*
- * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the
- * user documentation for details.
+ * Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the user
+ * documentation for details.
*
* Results:
* See the user documentation.
@@ -1917,6 +2046,7 @@ FontchooserHideCmd(
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
NSFontPanel *fp = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager] fontPanel:NO];
+
if ([fp isVisible]) {
[fp orderOut:NSApp];
}
@@ -1997,8 +2127,8 @@ DeleteFontchooserData(
*
* TkInitFontchooser --
*
- * Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl
- * interpreter. There is one font chooser per interp.
+ * Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl interpreter.
+ * There is one font chooser per interp.
*
* Results:
* None.
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c
index faad137..dceb3a6 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
/*
* tkMacOSXDraw.c --
*
- * This file contains functions that perform drawing to
- * Xlib windows. Most of the functions simple emulate
- * Xlib functions.
+ * This file contains functions that perform drawing to Xlib windows. Most
+ * of the functions simple emulate Xlib functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
@@ -31,7 +30,7 @@
#endif
*/
-#define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0))
+#define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0))
/*
* Non-antialiased CG drawing looks better and more like X11 drawing when using
@@ -40,7 +39,7 @@
#define NON_AA_CG_OFFSET .999
static int cgAntiAliasLimit = 0;
-#define notAA(w) ((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit)
+#define notAA(w) ((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit)
static int useThemedToplevel = 0;
static int useThemedFrame = 0;
@@ -119,24 +118,24 @@ TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(
* replacement is [NSView cacheDisplayInRect: toBitmapImageRep:] and that
* is what is being used here. However, that method only works when the
* view has a valid CGContext, and a view is only guaranteed to have a
- * valid context during a call to [NSView drawRect]. To further
- * complicate matters, cacheDisplayInRect calls [NSView drawRect].
- * Essentially it is asking the view to draw a subrectangle of itself into
- * a special graphics context which is linked to the BitmapImageRep. But
- * our implementation of [NSView drawRect] does not allow recursive calls.
- * If called recursively it returns immediately without doing any drawing.
+ * valid context during a call to [NSView drawRect]. To further complicate
+ * matters, cacheDisplayInRect calls [NSView drawRect]. Essentially it is
+ * asking the view to draw a subrectangle of itself into a special
+ * graphics context which is linked to the BitmapImageRep. But our
+ * implementation of [NSView drawRect] does not allow recursive calls. If
+ * called recursively it returns immediately without doing any drawing.
* So the bottom line is that this function either returns a NULL pointer
- * or a black image. To make it useful would require a significant amount
- * of rewriting of the drawRect method. Perhaps the next release of OSX
+ * or a black image. To make it useful would require a significant amount
+ * of rewriting of the drawRect method. Perhaps the next release of OSX
* will include some more helpful ways of doing this.
*
* Results:
- * Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
- * rectangle of the given drawable. This object is retained.
- * The caller is responsible for releasing it.
+ * Returns an NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given rectangle of
+ * the given drawable. This object is retained. The caller is responsible
+ * for releasing it.
*
- * NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
- * origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
+ * NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system
+ * with origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
* left as used by NSView.
*
* Side effects:
@@ -144,46 +143,46 @@ TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-NSBitmapImageRep*
+
+NSBitmapImageRep *
TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
- Drawable drawable,
- int x,
- int y,
- unsigned int width,
- unsigned int height)
+ Drawable drawable,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ unsigned int width,
+ unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
CGContextRef cg_context = NULL;
- CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image = NULL;
+ CGImageRef cg_image = NULL, sub_cg_image = NULL;
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL;
- NSView *view=NULL;
- if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
-
+ NSView *view = NULL;
+ if (mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
/*
* This MacDrawable is a bitmap, so its view is NULL.
*/
- cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
- cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
+
+ cg_context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
+ cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage((CGContextRef) cg_context);
sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
- if ( sub_cg_image ) {
+ if (sub_cg_image) {
bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
[bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
}
- if ( cg_image ) {
+ if (cg_image) {
CGImageRelease(cg_image);
}
- } else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {
-
+ } else if ((view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) != NULL) {
/*
* Convert Tk top-left to NSView bottom-left coordinates.
*/
int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
- view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
- width, height);
+ view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
+ width, height);
/*
* Attempt to copy from the view to a bitmapImageRep. If the view does
@@ -218,8 +217,7 @@ TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or
- * bitmap.
+ * Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or bitmap.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -229,10 +227,10 @@ XCopyArea(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable src, /* Source drawable. */
Drawable dst, /* Destination drawable. */
- GC gc, /* GC to use. */
+ GC gc, /* GC to use. */
int src_x, /* X & Y, width & height */
int src_y, /* define the source rectangle */
- unsigned int width, /* that will be copied. */
+ unsigned int width, /* that will be copied. */
unsigned int height,
int dest_x, /* Dest X & Y on dest rect. */
int dest_y)
@@ -249,37 +247,36 @@ XCopyArea(
}
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
- return;
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");
+ return;
}
- if ( dc.context ) {
- if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
- img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
- }else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
- bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src,
- src_x, src_y, width, height);
- if ( bitmap_rep ) {
- img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
- }
- } else {
- TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
- }
+ if (!dc.context) {
+ TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context.");
+ return;
+ }
- if (img) {
- bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
- srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
- dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
- TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img,
- gc->foreground, gc->background, bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
- CFRelease(img);
- } else {
- TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage.");
+ if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
+ img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
+ } else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
+ bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src,
+ src_x, src_y, width, height);
+ if (bitmap_rep) {
+ img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
}
+ } else {
+ TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
+ }
+ if (img) {
+ bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
+ srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
+ dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
+ TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img,
+ gc->foreground, gc->background, bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
+ CFRelease(img);
} else {
- TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context.");
- return;
+ TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage.");
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
@@ -290,10 +287,9 @@ XCopyArea(
*
* XCopyPlane --
*
- * Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination
- * drawable. The plane argument specifies which bit plane of
- * the source contains the bitmap. Note that this implementation
- * ignores the gc->function.
+ * Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination drawable. The
+ * plane argument specifies which bit plane of the source contains the
+ * bitmap. Note that this implementation ignores the gc->function.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -334,29 +330,50 @@ XCopyPlane(
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
+
CGContextRef context = dc.context;
+
if (context) {
CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
+
if (img) {
TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask;
unsigned long imageBackground = gc->background;
- if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP){
+
+ if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP) {
srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
- CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(clipPtr->value.pixmap);
- CGImageRef submask = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(img, srcRect);
+ CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
+ clipPtr->value.pixmap);
+ CGImageRef submask = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(
+ img, srcRect);
CGRect rect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
+
rect = CGRectOffset(rect, dstDraw->xOff, dstDraw->yOff);
CGContextSaveGState(context);
- /* Move the origin of the destination to top left. */
- CGContextTranslateCTM(context, 0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect));
+
+ /*
+ * Move the origin of the destination to top left.
+ */
+
+ CGContextTranslateCTM(context,
+ 0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect));
CGContextScaleCTM(context, 1, -1);
- /* Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask. */
+
+ /*
+ * Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask.
+ */
+
CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, submask);
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->background, dc.context);
CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
- /* Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the
- intersection of img and mask. */
- CGImageRef subimage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(img, srcRect);
+
+ /*
+ * Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the
+ * intersection of img and mask.
+ */
+
+ CGImageRef subimage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(
+ img, srcRect);
CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, subimage);
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, context);
CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
@@ -366,22 +383,31 @@ XCopyPlane(
CGImageRelease(submask);
CGImageRelease(subimage);
} else {
- bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
+ bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0,
+ srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height);
srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height);
dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
- TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground,
- imageBackground, bounds, srcRect, dstRect);
+ TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img,
+ gc->foreground, imageBackground, bounds,
+ srcRect, dstRect);
CGImageRelease(img);
}
- } else { /* no image */
+ } else {
+ /* no image */
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
}
} else {
- TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
+ TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - "
+ "could not get a bitmap context.");
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
- } else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
- XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Source drawable is a Window, not a Pixmap.
+ */
+
+ XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height,
+ dest_x, dest_y);
}
}
@@ -430,7 +456,7 @@ TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static NSImage*
+static NSImage *
CreateNSImageWithPixmap(
Pixmap pixmap,
int width,
@@ -466,7 +492,7 @@ CreateNSImageWithPixmap(
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-NSImage*
+NSImage *
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
Display *display,
Tk_Image image,
@@ -499,7 +525,7 @@ TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-NSImage*
+NSImage *
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(
Display *display,
Pixmap bitmap,
@@ -550,23 +576,24 @@ TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
- kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
+ kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
- kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
+ kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
char *data;
- CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);
+ CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0,
+ macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);
if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
bitsPerPixel = 8;
- bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
+ bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo) kCGImageAlphaOnly;
} else {
colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
bitsPerPixel = 32;
bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
}
- bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
- & ~15;
+ bytesPerRow = ((size_t)
+ macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3 & ~15;
len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
data = ckalloc(len);
bzero(data, len);
@@ -630,8 +657,8 @@ TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(
dstBounds = CGRectOffset(dstBounds, macDraw->xOff, macDraw->yOff);
if (CGImageIsMask(image)) {
if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
-
- /* Set fill color to black; background comes from the context,
+ /*
+ * Set fill color to black; background comes from the context,
* or is transparent.
*/
@@ -655,11 +682,13 @@ TkMacOSXDrawCGImage(
CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0, 1, 0, 0.1);
CGContextFillRect(context, dstBounds);
CGContextStrokeRect(context, dstBounds);
+
CGPoint p[4] = {dstBounds.origin,
CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
CGPointMake(CGRectGetMinX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMinY(dstBounds))
};
+
CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, p, 4);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing CGImage at (x=%f, y=%f), (w=%f, h=%f)",
@@ -736,12 +765,13 @@ XDrawLines(
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
+
/*
- * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points
- * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also
- * at this point, this needs telling CoreGraphics that the
- * path is closed.
+ * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points are the
+ * same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also at this point,
+ * this needs telling CoreGraphics that the path is closed.
*/
+
if ((points[0].x == points[npoints-1].x) &&
(points[0].y == points[npoints-1].y)) {
CGContextClosePath(dc.context);
@@ -820,10 +850,10 @@ XDrawSegments(
void
XFillPolygon(
- Display* display, /* Display. */
+ Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
- XPoint* points, /* Array of points. */
+ XPoint *points, /* Array of points. */
int npoints, /* Number of points. */
int shape, /* Shape to draw. */
int mode) /* Drawing mode. */
@@ -902,8 +932,7 @@ XDrawRectangle(
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
rect = CGRectMake(
- macWin->xOff + x + o,
- macWin->yOff + y + o,
+ macWin->xOff + x + o, macWin->yOff + y + o,
width, height);
CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
}
@@ -916,17 +945,15 @@ XDrawRectangle(
*
* XDrawRectangles --
*
- * Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a
- * five-point PolyLine protocol request were specified for each
- * rectangle:
+ * Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a five-point
+ * PolyLine protocol request were specified for each rectangle:
*
* [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]
*
- * For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a
- * pixel more than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in
- * the order listed in the array. If rectangles intersect, the
- * intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. Draws a
- * rectangle.
+ * For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a pixel more
+ * than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in the order listed in
+ * the array. If rectangles intersect, the intersecting pixels are drawn
+ * multiple times. Draws a rectangle.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -991,7 +1018,7 @@ XDrawRectangles(
int
XFillRectangles(
- Display* display, /* Display. */
+ Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XRectangle *rectangles, /* Rectangle array. */
@@ -1042,7 +1069,7 @@ XFillRectangles(
void
XDrawArc(
- Display* display, /* Display. */
+ Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left of bounding rect. */
@@ -1099,14 +1126,13 @@ XDrawArc(
*
* XDrawArcs --
*
- * Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is
- * specified by a rectangle and two angles. The center of the
- * circle or ellipse is the center of the rect- angle, and the
- * major and minor axes are specified by the width and height.
- * Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise motion, and
- * negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude
- * of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it
- * to 360 degrees.
+ * Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is specified by a
+ * rectangle and two angles. The center of the circle or ellipse is the
+ * center of the rect- angle, and the major and minor axes are specified
+ * by the width and height. Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise
+ * motion, and negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude
+ * of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it to 360
+ * degrees.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1125,7 +1151,6 @@ XDrawArcs(
XArc *arcArr,
int nArcs)
{
-
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc *arcPtr;
@@ -1195,7 +1220,7 @@ XDrawArcs(
void
XFillArc(
- Display* display, /* Display. */
+ Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left of bounding rect. */
@@ -1360,13 +1385,12 @@ XMaxRequestSize(
*
* TkScrollWindow --
*
- * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
- * a damage region.
+ * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage
+ * region.
*
* Results:
- * Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage.
- * Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
- * scrolling and returns 1.
+ * Returns 0 if the scroll generated no additional damage. Otherwise, sets
+ * the region that needs to be repainted after scrolling and returns 1.
*
* Side effects:
* Scrolls the bits in the window.
@@ -1385,47 +1409,63 @@ TkScrollWindow(
{
Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
- TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
+ TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *) TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
CGRect srcRect, dstRect;
HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
int result = 0;
- if ( view ) {
- /* Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */
+ if (view) {
+ /*
+ * Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left).
+ */
+
bounds = [view bounds];
scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(macDraw->xOff + x,
- bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
- width, height);
+ bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
+ width, height);
scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);
- /* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */
+ /*
+ * Limit scrolling to the window content area.
+ */
+
visRect = [view visibleRect];
scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
- if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {
+ if (!NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst)) {
/*
* Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
- * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
- * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
+ * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the
+ * bottom) and converted to Tk coordinates later.
*/
srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);
- /* Compute the damage. */
+ /*
+ * Compute the damage.
+ */
+
dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
- ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
+ ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn,
+ (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;
- /* Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin. */
+ /*
+ * Convert to Tk coordinates, offset by the window origin.
+ */
+
TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
if (extraRgn) {
CFRelease(extraRgn);
}
- /* Scroll the rectangle. */
+ /*
+ * Scroll the rectangle.
+ */
+
[view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];
}
} else {
@@ -1472,8 +1512,8 @@ TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(
* Set up a drawing context for the given drawable and GC.
*
* Results:
- * Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing
- * context was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call
+ * Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing context
+ * was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call
* TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext().
*
* Side effects:
@@ -1486,18 +1526,18 @@ Bool
TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
- int useCG, /* advisory only ! */
+ int useCG, /* advisory only ! */
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
- MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)d);
+ MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
Bool canDraw = true;
NSWindow *win = NULL;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {};
CGRect clipBounds;
/*
- * If the drawable is not a pixmap and it has an associated
- * NSWindow then we know we are drawing to a window.
+ * If the drawable is not a pixmap and it has an associated NSWindow then
+ * we know we are drawing to a window.
*/
if (!(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
@@ -1516,9 +1556,8 @@ TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
}
/*
- * If we already have a CGContext, use it. Otherwise, if we
- * are drawing to a window then we can get one from the
- * window.
+ * If we already have a CGContext, use it. Otherwise, if we are drawing to
+ * a window then we can get one from the window.
*/
dc.context = TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
@@ -1526,35 +1565,34 @@ TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
} else if (win) {
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
- if (view) {
-
- /*
- * We can only draw into the view when the current CGContext is
- * valid and belongs to the view. Validity can only be guaranteed
- * inside of a view's drawRect or setFrame methods. The isDrawing
- * attribute tells us whether we are being called from one of those
- * methods.
- *
- * If the CGContext is not valid, or belongs to a different View,
- * then we mark our view as needing display and return failure.
- * It should get drawn in a later call to drawRect.
- */
- if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
- [view setNeedsDisplay:YES];
- canDraw = false;
- goto end;
- }
- dc.view = view;
- dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT;
- dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
- if (dc.clipRgn) {
- clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
- }
- } else {
+ if (!view) {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
"no NSView to draw into !");
}
+
+ /*
+ * We can only draw into the view when the current CGContext is valid
+ * and belongs to the view. Validity can only be guaranteed inside of
+ * a view's drawRect or setFrame methods. The isDrawing attribute
+ * tells us whether we are being called from one of those methods.
+ *
+ * If the CGContext is not valid, or belongs to a different View, then
+ * we mark our view as needing display and return failure. It should
+ * get drawn in a later call to drawRect.
+ */
+
+ if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
+ [view setNeedsDisplay:YES];
+ canDraw = false;
+ goto end;
+ }
+ dc.view = view;
+ dc.context = GET_CGCONTEXT;
+ dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
+ if (dc.clipRgn) {
+ clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
+ }
} else {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
"no context to draw into !");
@@ -1565,8 +1603,13 @@ TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
*/
if (dc.context) {
- CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,
- .ty = dc.portBounds.size.height};
+ CGAffineTransform t = {
+ .a = 1, .b = 0,
+ .c = 0, .d = -1,
+ .tx = 0,
+ .ty = dc.portBounds.size.height
+ };
+
dc.portBounds.origin.x += macDraw->xOff;
dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
@@ -1581,6 +1624,7 @@ TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
CGRect r;
+
if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
*HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
@@ -1608,21 +1652,28 @@ TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
CGContextSetPatternPhase(dc.context, CGSizeMake(
dc.portBounds.size.width, dc.portBounds.size.height));
}
- if(gc->function != GXcopy) {
+ if (gc->function != GXcopy) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Logical functions other than GXcopy are "
"not supported for CG drawing!");
}
- /* When should we antialias? */
+
+ /*
+ * When should we antialias?
+ */
+
shouldAntialias = !notAA(gc->line_width);
if (!shouldAntialias) {
- /* Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11 */
+ /*
+ * Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11.
+ */
+
w -= (gc->line_width ? NON_AA_CG_OFFSET : 0);
}
CGContextSetShouldAntialias(dc.context, shouldAntialias);
CGContextSetLineWidth(dc.context, w);
if (gc->line_style != LineSolid) {
int num = 0;
- char *p = &(gc->dashes);
+ char *p = &gc->dashes;
CGFloat dashOffset = gc->dash_offset;
CGFloat lengths[10];
@@ -1632,13 +1683,13 @@ TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
}
CGContextSetLineDash(dc.context, dashOffset, lengths, num);
}
- if ((unsigned)gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) {
+ if ((unsigned) gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) {
CGContextSetLineCap(dc.context,
- cgCap[(unsigned)gc->cap_style]);
+ cgCap[(unsigned) gc->cap_style]);
}
if ((unsigned)gc->join_style < sizeof(cgJoin)/sizeof(CGLineJoin)) {
CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context,
- cgJoin[(unsigned)gc->join_style]);
+ cgJoin[(unsigned) gc->join_style]);
}
}
}
@@ -1647,8 +1698,11 @@ end:
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
if (!canDraw && win != NULL) {
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(win);
- if (winPtr) fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n",
- Tk_PathName(winPtr));
+
+ if (winPtr) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Cannot draw in %s - postponing.\n",
+ Tk_PathName(winPtr));
+ }
}
#endif
if (!canDraw && dc.clipRgn) {
@@ -1719,7 +1773,9 @@ TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macDraw->winPtr);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macDraw->winPtr->pathName);
+
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
+
CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextConcatCTM(context, CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0,
-1.0, 0.0, [view bounds].size.height));
@@ -1743,8 +1799,8 @@ TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(
*
* TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn --
*
- * Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the
- * specified X subwindow.
+ * Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the specified
+ * X subwindow.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1766,8 +1822,8 @@ TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(
*
* TkpClipDrawableToRect --
*
- * Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle.
- * If width or height are negative, reset to no clipping.
+ * Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle. If width
+ * or height are negative, reset to no clipping.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1832,8 +1888,8 @@ ClipToGC(
HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
- ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
- TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region;
+ ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
+ TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->value.region;
int xOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->xOff + gc->clip_x_origin;
int yOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->yOff + gc->clip_y_origin;
HIShapeRef clipRgn = *clipRgnPtr, gcClipRgn;
@@ -1856,10 +1912,9 @@ ClipToGC(
*
* TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap --
*
- * Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the
- * pattern repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then
- * be used as a mask for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an
- * object.
+ * Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the pattern
+ * repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then be used as a mask
+ * for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an object.
*
* Results:
* A BitMap data structure.
@@ -1883,12 +1938,12 @@ TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(
*
* TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
*
- * This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of
- * a widget to indicate that it has received the input focus.
+ * This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget
+ * to indicate that it has received the input focus.
*
- * On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color
- * between the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where
- * highlightWidth is 1, in which case the border is left out.
+ * On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color between
+ * the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where highlightWidth
+ * is 1, in which case the border is left out.
*
* For proper Mac L&F, use highlightWidth of 3.
*
@@ -1896,8 +1951,8 @@ TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable",
- * corresponding to the outer area of "tkwin".
+ * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding
+ * to the outer area of "tkwin".
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -1926,8 +1981,8 @@ TkpDrawHighlightBorder (
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
- * This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user
- * has requested themeing, it draws with the background theme.
+ * This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user has
+ * requested themeing, it draws with the background theme.
*
* Results:
* None.
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
index b23f33b..4f67f13 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c
@@ -334,15 +334,15 @@ TkpUseWindow(
macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
macWin->xOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->xOff +
- parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
- winPtr->changes.x;
+ parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
+ winPtr->changes.x;
macWin->yOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->yOff +
- parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
- winPtr->changes.y;
+ parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
+ winPtr->changes.y;
/*
- * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded
- * window's information.
+ * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded window's
+ * information.
*/
containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
@@ -353,8 +353,8 @@ TkpUseWindow(
* tkwin is eventually deleted.
*/
- Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc,
- winPtr);
+ Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+ EmbeddedEventProc, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -588,16 +588,25 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
continue;
}
Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
- /* Parent id */
+
+ /*
+ * Parent id
+ */
+
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
- sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t) containerPtr->parent);
+ sprintf(buffer, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x",
+ (size_t) containerPtr->parent);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
- /* Parent pathName */
+
+ /*
+ * Parent pathName
+ */
+
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL ||
parentInterp != interp) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
@@ -605,11 +614,17 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
}
+
/*
* On X11 embedded is a wrapper, which does not exist on macOS.
*/
+
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
- /* Embedded window pathName */
+
+ /*
+ * Embedded window pathName
+ */
+
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL ||
embeddedInterp != interp) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
@@ -768,6 +783,7 @@ ContainerEventProc(
/*
* When the interpreter is being dismantled this can be nil.
*/
+
return;
}
@@ -920,6 +936,7 @@ EmbedActivateProc(
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = clientData;
+
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) {
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
TkGenerateActivateEvents(containerPtr->embeddedPtr,1);
@@ -1024,11 +1041,10 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest(
/*
* Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
* the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
- * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make
- * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so
- * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want
- * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a
- * configure event.
+ * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make this
+ * happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so that the
+ * geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want to do), and
+ * if the window's size didn't change then generate a configure event.
*/
Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height);
@@ -1050,8 +1066,8 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest(
* application of its current size and location. This procedure is called
* when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not
* grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't
- * change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which
- * we do not currently synthesize on the Mac
+ * change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which we
+ * do not currently synthesize on the Mac
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1111,8 +1127,8 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted(
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) {
XEvent event;
- event.xany.serial =
- LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr));
+ event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(
+ Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr));
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c
index deaab20..7f1cc72 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/*
* tkMacOSXFont.c --
*
- * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant
- * font package interface.
+ * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant font
+ * package interface.
*
* Copyright 2002-2004 Benjamin Riefenstahl, Benjamin.Riefenstahl@epost.de
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -32,9 +32,8 @@
*/
typedef struct {
- TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must
- * be first in structure. */
-
+ TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be
+ * first in structure. */
NSFont *nsFont;
NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
} MacFont;
@@ -83,17 +82,21 @@ static int antialiasedTextEnabled = -1;
static NSCharacterSet *whitespaceCharacterSet = nil;
static NSCharacterSet *lineendingCharacterSet = nil;
-static void GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont,
- TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
-static NSFont *FindNSFont(const char *familyName, NSFontTraitMask traits,
- NSInteger weight, CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault);
-static void InitFont(NSFont *nsFont, const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr,
- MacFont * fontPtr);
-static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
- const char* name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
-static void DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
- Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart,
- int rangeLength, int x, int y, double angle);
+static void GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont,
+ TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
+static NSFont * FindNSFont(const char *familyName,
+ NSFontTraitMask traits, NSInteger weight,
+ CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault);
+static void InitFont(NSFont *nsFont,
+ const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr,
+ MacFont *fontPtr);
+static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
+ TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
+static void DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
+ GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source,
+ int numBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength,
+ int x, int y, double angle);
#pragma mark -
#pragma mark Font Helpers:
@@ -232,7 +235,7 @@ InitFont(
int ascent, descent/*, dontAA*/;
static const UniChar ch[] = {'.', 'W', ' ', 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc7};
/* ., W, Space, Auml, Aacute, Acirc, Atilde, Ccedilla */
- #define nCh (sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar))
+#define nCh (sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar))
CGGlyph glyphs[nCh];
CGRect boundingRects[nCh];
@@ -244,7 +247,11 @@ InitFont(
TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
}
fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
- // some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
+
+ /*
+ * Some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
+ */
+
// dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
@@ -294,7 +301,7 @@ InitFont(
NSLigatureAttributeName,
[NSNumber numberWithDouble:kern], NSKernAttributeName, nil];
fontPtr->nsAttributes = [nsAttributes retain];
- #undef nCh
+#undef nCh
}
/*
@@ -358,10 +365,14 @@ TkpFontPkgInit(
NSFont *nsFont;
TkFontAttributes fa;
NSMutableCharacterSet *cs;
- /* Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool. */
+ /*
+ * Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool.
+ */
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
- /* force this for now */
+ /*
+ * Force this for now.
+ */
if (!mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr) {
mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
}
@@ -413,17 +424,17 @@ TkpFontPkgInit(
* Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the
- * native font. If a native font by the given name could not be
- * found, the return value is NULL.
+ * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native
+ * font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the return
+ * value is NULL.
*
- * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even
- * if the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
+ * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if
+ * the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
* TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed.
*
- * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated
- * with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing
- * the contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
+ * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
+ * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
+ * contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -449,8 +460,8 @@ TkpGetNativeFont(
} else {
return NULL;
}
- ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(HIThemeGetUIFontType(
- themeFontId), 0, NULL);
+ ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(
+ HIThemeGetUIFontType(themeFontId), 0, NULL);
if (ctFont) {
fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
InitFont((NSFont*) ctFont, NULL, fontPtr);
@@ -468,19 +479,18 @@ TkpGetNativeFont(
* closest matching attributes.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font
- * with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes
- * could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted
- * automatically.
+ * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font with
+ * the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes could not
+ * be constructed, some other font will be substituted automatically.
*
- * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even
- * if the specified attributes have already been seen before. The
- * caller should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific
- * data when the font is no longer needed.
+ * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if
+ * the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller
+ * should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when
+ * the font is no longer needed.
*
- * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated
- * with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing
- * the contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
+ * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
+ * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
+ * contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -492,16 +502,16 @@ TkFont *
TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
- * allocating a new structure to hold the
- * font; the existing contents of the font
- * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
- * structure is allocated. */
+ * allocating a new structure to hold the font;
+ * the existing contents of the font will be
+ * released. If NULL, a new TkFont structure is
+ * allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
MacFont *fontPtr;
- int points = (int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5);
+ int points = (int) (TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5);
NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
NSFont *nsFont;
@@ -538,9 +548,9 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
* TkpDeleteFont --
*
* Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or
- * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already
- * released the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the
- * generic TkFont code.
+ * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released the
+ * fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont
+ * code.
*
* Results:
* TkFont is deallocated.
@@ -567,8 +577,8 @@ TkpDeleteFont(
*
* TkpGetFontFamilies --
*
- * Return information about the font families that are available on
- * the display of the given window.
+ * Return information about the font families that are available on the
+ * display of the given window.
*
* Results:
* Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
@@ -600,12 +610,12 @@ TkpGetFontFamilies(
*
* TkpGetSubFonts --
*
- * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual
- * screen fonts that make up a font object.
+ * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen
+ * fonts that make up a font object.
*
* Results:
- * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names
- * of the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
+ * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of
+ * the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -642,8 +652,8 @@ TkpGetSubFonts(
*
* TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
*
- * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a
- * given character.
+ * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given
+ * character.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -745,10 +755,9 @@ Tk_MeasureChars(
* all the characters on the line for context.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is the number of bytes from source that
- * fit into the span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is
- * filled with the x-coordinate of the right edge of the last
- * character that did fit.
+ * The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
+ * span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
+ * x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -774,11 +783,11 @@ TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
* TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
* which only partially fits on this line.
* TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
- * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
- * means return at least one character even
- * if no characters fit. If TK_WHOLE_WORDS
- * and TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first
- * word doesn't fit, we return at least one
+ * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE means
+ * return at least one character even if no
+ * characters fit. If TK_WHOLE_WORDS and
+ * TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first word
+ * doesn't fit, we return at least one
* character or whatever characters fit into
* maxLength. TK_ISOLATE_END means that the
* last character should not be considered in
@@ -864,14 +873,13 @@ TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
}
/*
- * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between
- * its start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then
+ * If there is no line breakpoint in the source string between its
+ * start and the index position that fits in maxWidth, then
* CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak() returns that very last index.
- * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break
- * at a word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
- * is set, we must report that zero chars actually fit (in other
- * words the smallest word of the source string is still larger
- * than maxWidth).
+ * However if the TK_WHOLE_WORDS flag is set, we want to break at a
+ * word boundary. In this situation, unless TK_AT_LEAST_ONE is set, we
+ * must report that zero chars actually fit (in other words the
+ * smallest word of the source string is still larger than maxWidth).
*/
if ((index >= start) && (index < len) &&
@@ -903,9 +911,12 @@ TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
CFRelease(line);
}
- /* The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always
- return at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded
- it or not. Clean that up now. */
+ /*
+ * The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always return
+ * at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded it or not.
+ * Clean that up now.
+ */
+
while (width > maxWidth && !(flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK)
&& index > start+(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
range.length = --index;
@@ -946,7 +957,7 @@ done:
* actual implementation in TkpDrawCharsInContext().
*
* Results:
- * None.
+ * None.
*
* Side effects:
* Information gets drawn on the screen.
@@ -964,8 +975,8 @@ Tk_DrawChars(
const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
- * should be stripped out of the string that
- * is passed to this function. If they are not
+ * should be stripped out of the string that is
+ * passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
@@ -986,8 +997,8 @@ TkDrawAngledChars(
const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
- * should be stripped out of the string that
- * is passed to this function. If they are not
+ * should be stripped out of the string that is
+ * passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
@@ -1029,8 +1040,8 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext(
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
- * should be stripped out of the string that
- * is passed to this function. If they are not
+ * should be stripped out of the string that is
+ * passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
@@ -1054,8 +1065,8 @@ DrawCharsInContext(
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
- * should be stripped out of the string that
- * is passed to this function. If they are not
+ * should be stripped out of the string that is
+ * passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
@@ -1091,6 +1102,7 @@ DrawCharsInContext(
if (!string) {
return;
}
+
context = drawingContext.context;
fg = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, gc->foreground);
attributes = [fontPtr->nsAttributes mutableCopy];
@@ -1119,6 +1131,7 @@ DrawCharsInContext(
len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart + rangeLength);
if (start > 0) {
CGRect clipRect = CGRectInfinite, startBounds;
+
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, start));
startBounds = CTLineGetImageBounds(line, context);
CFRelease(line);
@@ -1241,9 +1254,10 @@ TkMacOSXFontDescriptionForNSFontAndNSFontAttributes(
NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName];
id strikethrough = [nsAttributes objectForKey:
NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName];
+
objv[i++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyName, -1);
objv[i++] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj([nsFont pointSize]);
-#define S(s) Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s),(int)(sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1))
+#define S(s) Tcl_NewStringObj(STRINGIFY(s), (int)(sizeof(STRINGIFY(s))-1))
objv[i++] = (traits & NSBoldFontMask) ? S(bold) : S(normal);
objv[i++] = (traits & NSItalicFontMask) ? S(italic) : S(roman);
if ([underline respondsToSelector:@selector(intValue)] &&
@@ -1267,8 +1281,9 @@ TkMacOSXFontDescriptionForNSFontAndNSFontAttributes(
* TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText --
*
* Enables or disables application-wide use of antialiased text (where
- * available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow
- * disabling of antialiased text from tcl.
+ * available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow disabling of
+ * antialiased text from Tcl.
+ *
* The possible values for this variable are:
*
* -1 - Use system default as configurable in "System Prefs" -> "General".
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c
index 38f4a70..36f1fc6 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ _XInitImageFuncPtrs(
{
return 0;
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -81,14 +81,15 @@ TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
}
if (data) {
- provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
+ provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len,
+ releaseData);
}
if (provider) {
- img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
- bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
+ img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height,
+ bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line,
+ provider, decode, 0);
}
- } else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
-
+ } else if ((image->format == ZPixmap) && (image->bits_per_pixel == 32)) {
/*
* Color image
*/
@@ -96,7 +97,6 @@ TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateDeviceRGB();
if (image->width == 0 && image->height == 0) {
-
/*
* CGCreateImage complains on early macOS releases.
*/
@@ -106,11 +106,12 @@ TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
bitsPerComponent = 8;
bitsPerPixel = 32;
bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
- kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big);
+ kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big);
bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaLast;
data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
if (data) {
- provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
+ provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len,
+ releaseData);
}
if (provider) {
img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
@@ -127,7 +128,6 @@ TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithXImage(
return img;
}
-
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -179,15 +179,14 @@ XGetImage(
if (win && has_retina == unknown) {
#ifdef __clang__
- has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)]?
- yes : no;
+ has_retina = [win respondsToSelector:@selector(backingScaleFactor)] ?
+ yes : no;
#else
has_retina = no;
#endif
}
if (has_retina == yes) {
-
/*
* We only allow scale factors 1 or 2, as Apple currently does.
*/
@@ -205,7 +204,7 @@ XGetImage(
}
bitmap_rep = TkMacOSXBitmapRepFromDrawableRect(drawable,
- x, y, width, height);
+ x, y, width, height);
if (!bitmap_rep) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
return NULL;
@@ -214,12 +213,12 @@ XGetImage(
size = [bitmap_rep bytesPerPlane];
bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
bitmap = ckalloc(size);
- if (!bitmap ||
- (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) ||
- [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 ||
- [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0 ||
- bytes_per_row < 4 * scaled_width ||
- size != bytes_per_row*scaled_height ) {
+ if (!bitmap
+ || (bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1)
+ || [bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4
+ || [bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0
+ || bytes_per_row < 4 * scaled_width
+ || size != bytes_per_row * scaled_height) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Unrecognized bitmap format");
CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
return NULL;
@@ -228,8 +227,8 @@ XGetImage(
CFRelease(bitmap_rep);
/*
- * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in
- * either BGRA or ABGR format. For an XImage we need RGBA.
+ * When Apple extracts a bitmap from an NSView, it may be in either
+ * BGRA or ABGR format. For an XImage we need RGBA.
*/
struct pixel_fmt pixel = bitmap_fmt == 0 ? bgra : abgr;
@@ -248,16 +247,16 @@ XGetImage(
}
}
imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
- (char*)bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
- bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
+ (char*) bitmap, scaled_width, scaled_height,
+ bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
if (scalefactor == 2) {
imagePtr->pixelpower = 1;
}
} else {
/*
- * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk
- * code which pass an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap.
- * XYPixmaps should be handled here.
+ * There are some calls to XGetImage in the generic Tk code which pass
+ * an XYPixmap rather than a ZPixmap. XYPixmaps should be handled
+ * here.
*/
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage does not handle XYPixmaps at the moment.");
}
@@ -323,40 +322,40 @@ ImageGetPixel(
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
- case 32: {
- r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
- g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 8) & 0xff;
- b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) ) & 0xff;
- /*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
- r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
- } else {
- r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
- }*/
- break;
- }
- case 16:
- r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
- g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
- b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
- break;
- case 8:
- r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
- g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
- b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
- r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
- g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
- b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
- break;
- case 4: {
- unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
- r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
- g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
- b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
- break;
- }
- case 1:
- r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
- break;
+ case 32:
+ r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
+ g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 8) & 0xff;
+ b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) ) & 0xff;
+ /*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
+ r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
+ } else {
+ r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
+ }*/
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
+ g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
+ b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
+ g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
+ b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
+ r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
+ g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
+ b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
+ break;
+ case 4: {
+ unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
+
+ r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
+ g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
+ b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ case 1:
+ r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
+ break;
}
}
return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
@@ -389,6 +388,7 @@ ImagePutPixel(
unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
+
if (image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = pixel;
} else {
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ ImagePutPixel(
}
return 0;
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -451,6 +451,7 @@ XCreateImage(
int bytes_per_line)
{
XImage *ximage;
+
display->request++;
ximage = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
@@ -461,9 +462,12 @@ XCreateImage(
ximage->format = format;
ximage->data = data;
ximage->obdata = NULL;
- /* The default pixelpower is 0. This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
+
+ /*
+ * The default pixelpower is 0. This must be explicitly set to 1 in the
* case of an XImage extracted from a Retina display.
*/
+
ximage->pixelpower = 0;
if (format == ZPixmap) {
@@ -476,7 +480,10 @@ XCreateImage(
if (bitmap_pad) {
ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
} else {
- /* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
+ /*
+ * Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance.
+ */
+
ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
}
if (bytes_per_line) {
@@ -511,9 +518,9 @@ XCreateImage(
*
* TkPutImage --
*
- * Copies a rectangular subimage of an XImage into a drawable.
- * Currently this is only called by TkImgPhotoDisplay, using
- * a Window as the drawable.
+ * Copies a rectangular subimage of an XImage into a drawable. Currently
+ * this is only called by TkImgPhotoDisplay, using a Window as the
+ * drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -559,13 +566,15 @@ TkPutImage(
}
if (img) {
- /* If the XImage has big pixels, the source is rescaled to reflect
+ /*
+ * If the XImage has big pixels, the source is rescaled to reflect
* the actual pixel dimensions. This is not currently used, but
* could arise if the image were copied from a retina monitor and
* redrawn on an ordinary monitor.
*/
int pp = image->pixelpower;
+
bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width, image->height);
srcRect = CGRectMake(src_x<<pp, src_y<<pp, width<<pp, height<<pp);
dstRect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c
index 3c02d92..2e92c0b 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";
@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
- if([self poolLock] == 0) {
+ if ([self poolLock] == 0) {
[_mainPool drain];
_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
} else {
@@ -117,16 +117,15 @@ static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";
-(void)applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification
{
/*
- * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this
- * method is called. Activating too early can cause the menu
- * bar to be unresponsive.
+ * It is not safe to force activation of the NSApp until this method is
+ * called. Activating too early can cause the menu bar to be unresponsive.
*/
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
/*
- * Process events to ensure that the root window is fully
- * initialized. See ticket 56a1823c73.
+ * Process events to ensure that the root window is fully initialized. See
+ * ticket 56a1823c73.
*/
[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
@@ -310,8 +309,8 @@ TkpInit(
}
/*
- * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be
- * done before we check whether to open a console window.
+ * Instantiate our NSApplication object. This needs to be done before
+ * we check whether to open a console window.
*/
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
@@ -342,8 +341,8 @@ TkpInit(
Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR));
/*
- * Only show the console if we don't have a startup script
- * and tcl_interactive hasn't been set already.
+ * Only show the console if we don't have a startup script and
+ * tcl_interactive hasn't been set already.
*/
if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
index 543e7ab..f2470de 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@
static Tk_Window keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
/* Current keyboard grab window. */
static NSWindow *keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil;
- /* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab window. */
+ /* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab
+ * window. */
static NSModalSession modalSession = nil;
-
static BOOL processingCompose = NO;
static BOOL finishedCompose = NO;
-
static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0;
-static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state);
-static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);
+static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w,
+ unsigned int state);
+static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);
unsigned short releaseCode;
@@ -50,22 +50,21 @@ unsigned short releaseCode;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
- NSWindow* w;
- NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
+ NSWindow *w;
+ NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
NSUInteger modifiers = ([theEvent modifierFlags] &
NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask);
- NSUInteger len = 0;
- BOOL repeat = NO;
- unsigned short keyCode = [theEvent keyCode];
- NSString *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil;
+ NSUInteger len = 0;
+ BOOL repeat = NO;
+ unsigned short keyCode = [theEvent keyCode];
+ NSString *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil;
static NSUInteger savedModifiers = 0;
static NSMutableArray *nsEvArray;
- if (nsEvArray == nil)
- {
+ if (nsEvArray == nil) {
nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
processingCompose = NO;
- }
+ }
w = [theEvent window];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
@@ -109,37 +108,39 @@ unsigned short releaseCode;
return theEvent; /* Unrecognized key event. */
}
- /* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */
+ /*
+ * Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue.
+ */
+
if (!processingCompose) {
unsigned int state = 0;
if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
- state |= LockMask;
+ state |= LockMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) {
- state |= ShiftMask;
+ state |= ShiftMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) {
- state |= ControlMask;
+ state |= ControlMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) {
- state |= Mod1Mask; /* command key */
+ state |= Mod1Mask; /* command key */
}
if (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) {
- state |= Mod2Mask; /* option key */
+ state |= Mod2Mask; /* option key */
}
if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
- state |= Mod3Mask;
+ state |= Mod3Mask;
}
if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
- state |= Mod4Mask;
+ state |= Mod4Mask;
}
/*
- * Events are only received for the front Window on the Macintosh.
- * So to build an XEvent we look up the Tk window associated to the
- * Front window. If a different window has a local grab we ignore
- * the event.
+ * Events are only received for the front Window on the Macintosh. So
+ * to build an XEvent we look up the Tk window associated to the Front
+ * window. If a different window has a local grab we ignore the event.
*/
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
@@ -147,110 +148,112 @@ unsigned short releaseCode;
if (tkwin) {
TkWindow *grabWinPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
- if (grabWinPtr &&
- grabWinPtr != winPtr &&
- !winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags && /* this means the grab is local. */
- grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) {
+
+ if (grabWinPtr
+ && grabWinPtr != winPtr
+ && !winPtr->dispPtr->grabFlags /* this means the grab is local. */
+ && grabWinPtr->mainPtr == winPtr->mainPtr) {
return theEvent;
}
} else {
tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
}
if (!tkwin) {
- TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
- return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */
+ TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
+ return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */
}
/*
- * If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or Alt,
- * pass it straight to Tk. Otherwise we'll send for input processing.
+ * If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or
+ * Alt, pass it straight to Tk. Otherwise we'll send for input
+ * processing.
*/
- int code = (len == 0) ?
- 0 : [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0];
+ int code = (len == 0) ? 0 :
+ [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0];
if (type != NSKeyDown || isFunctionKey(code)
- || (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) {
-
+ || (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) {
XEvent xEvent;
- setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, state);
+ setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, state);
if (type == NSFlagsChanged) {
- if (savedModifiers > modifiers) {
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
- } else {
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
- }
+ if (savedModifiers > modifiers) {
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
+ } else {
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+ }
- /*
- * Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our platform
- * specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather like what
- * happens on Windows.
- */
+ /*
+ * Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our
+ * platform specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather
+ * like what happens on Windows.
+ */
- xEvent.xany.send_event = -1;
+ xEvent.xany.send_event = -1;
- /*
- * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
- */
+ /*
+ * Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
+ */
- xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
+ xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
} else {
- if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
- } else {
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
- }
-
- /* For command key, take input manager's word so things
- like dvorak / qwerty layout work. */
- if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask
- && (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) != NSAlternateKeyMask
- && len > 0 && !isFunctionKey(code)) {
- // head off keycode-based translation in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
- xEvent.xkey.nbytes = [characters length]; //len
- }
-
- if ([characters length] > 0) {
- xEvent.xkey.keycode =
- (keyCode << 16) | (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0];
- if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
- maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) {
- /* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */
- //PENDING: we might not need this anymore
- TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long");
- return theEvent;
- }
- }
-
- if (repeat) {
- Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
- xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
- }
+ if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
+ } else {
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * For command key, take input manager's word so things like
+ * dvorak / qwerty layout work.
+ */
+
+ if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask
+ && (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) != NSAlternateKeyMask
+ && len > 0 && !isFunctionKey(code)) {
+ // head off keycode-based translation in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
+ xEvent.xkey.nbytes = [characters length]; //len
+ }
+
+ if ([characters length] > 0) {
+ xEvent.xkey.keycode = (keyCode << 16) |
+ (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0];
+ if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
+ maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) {
+ /* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */
+ //PENDING: we might not need this anymore
+ TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long");
+ return theEvent;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (repeat) {
+ Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+ xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
+ }
}
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
savedModifiers = modifiers;
return theEvent;
- } /* if send straight to TK */
-
- } /* if not processing compose */
+ } /* if send straight to TK */
+ } /* if not processing compose */
if (type == NSKeyDown) {
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- fprintf (stderr, "keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n",
- processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin");
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n",
+ processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin");
+ }
processingCompose = YES;
[nsEvArray addObject: theEvent];
[[w contentView] interpretKeyEvents: nsEvArray];
[nsEvArray removeObject: theEvent];
- }
+ }
savedModifiers = modifiers;
-
return theEvent;
}
@end
-
@implementation TKContentView
@@ -261,163 +264,189 @@ unsigned short releaseCode;
by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */
- (void)insertText: (id)aString
{
- int i, len = [(NSString *)aString length];
- XEvent xEvent;
+ int i, len = [(NSString *) aString length];
+ XEvent xEvent;
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);
- processingCompose = NO;
- finishedCompose = YES;
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);
+ }
+ processingCompose = NO;
+ finishedCompose = YES;
- /* first, clear any working text */
- if (privateWorkingText != nil)
- [self deleteWorkingText];
+ /*
+ * First, clear any working text.
+ */
+
+ if (privateWorkingText != nil) {
+ [self deleteWorkingText];
+ }
- /* now insert the string as keystrokes */
- setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+ /*
+ * Now insert the string as keystrokes.
+ */
- for (i =0; i<len; i++)
- {
- xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
- [[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
+ setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+
+ for (i =0; i<len; i++) {
+ xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
+ [[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding];
- xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
- releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
- Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
- }
- releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
+ xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+ releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
+ Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
+ }
+ releaseCode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: 0];
}
/* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
{
- NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?
- [aString string] : aString;
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str,
- (unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length,
- (unsigned long) selRange.location);
-
- if (privateWorkingText != nil)
- [self deleteWorkingText];
- if ([str length] == 0)
- return;
+ NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?
+ [aString string] : aString;
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str,
+ (unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length,
+ (unsigned long) selRange.location);
+ }
+
+ if (privateWorkingText != nil) {
+ [self deleteWorkingText];
+ }
+ if ([str length] == 0) {
+ return;
+ }
- processingCompose = YES;
- privateWorkingText = [str copy];
+ processingCompose = YES;
+ privateWorkingText = [str copy];
- //PENDING: insert workingText underlined
+ //PENDING: insert workingText underlined
}
- (BOOL)hasMarkedText
{
- return privateWorkingText != nil;
+ return privateWorkingText != nil;
}
- (NSRange)markedRange
{
- NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil
- ? NSMakeRange (0, [privateWorkingText length]) : NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0);
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"markedRange request");
- return rng;
+ NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil
+ ? NSMakeRange(0, [privateWorkingText length])
+ : NSMakeRange(NSNotFound, 0);
+
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"markedRange request");
+ }
+ return rng;
}
- (void)unmarkText
{
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"unmark (accept) text");
- [self deleteWorkingText];
- processingCompose = NO;
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"unmark (accept) text");
+ }
+ [self deleteWorkingText];
+ processingCompose = NO;
}
/* used to position char selection windows, etc. */
- (NSRect)firstRectForCharacterRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
- NSRect rect;
- NSPoint pt;
+ NSRect rect;
+ NSPoint pt;
- pt.x = caret_x;
- pt.y = caret_y;
+ pt.x = caret_x;
+ pt.y = caret_y;
- pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil];
- pt = [[self window] tkConvertPointToScreen: pt];
- pt.y -= caret_height;
+ pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil];
+ pt = [[self window] tkConvertPointToScreen: pt];
+ pt.y -= caret_height;
- rect.origin = pt;
- rect.size.width = caret_height;
- rect.size.height = caret_height;
- return rect;
+ rect.origin = pt;
+ rect.size.width = caret_height;
+ rect.size.height = caret_height;
+ return rect;
}
- (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier
{
- return (NSInteger)self;
+ return (NSInteger) self;
}
- (void)doCommandBySelector: (SEL)aSelector
{
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector (aSelector));
- processingCompose = NO;
- if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:))
- {
- /* happens when user backspaces over an ongoing composition:
- throw a 'delete' into the event queue */
- XEvent xEvent;
- setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
- xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
- xEvent.xkey.nbytes = 1;
- xEvent.xkey.keycode = (0x33 << 16) | 0x7F;
- xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0x7F;
- xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[1] = 0x0;
- Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector(aSelector));
+ }
+ processingCompose = NO;
+ if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:)) {
+ /*
+ * Happens when user backspaces over an ongoing composition:
+ * throw a 'delete' into the event queue.
+ */
+
+ XEvent xEvent;
+
+ setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
+ xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
+ xEvent.xkey.nbytes = 1;
+ xEvent.xkey.keycode = (0x33 << 16) | 0x7F;
+ xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0x7F;
+ xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[1] = 0x0;
+ Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
- (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText
{
- static NSArray *arr = nil;
- if (arr == nil) arr = [NSArray new];
- /* [[NSArray arrayWithObject: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName] retain]; */
- return arr;
+ static NSArray *arr = nil;
+
+ if (arr == nil) {
+ arr = [NSArray new];
+ }
+ /* [[NSArray arrayWithObject: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName] retain]; */
+ return arr;
}
- (NSRange)selectedRange
{
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"selectedRange request");
- return NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0);
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"selectedRange request");
+ }
+ return NSMakeRange(NSNotFound, 0);
}
- (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint
{
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"characterIndexForPoint request");
- return 0;
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"characterIndexForPoint request");
+ }
+ return 0;
}
- (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
- static NSAttributedString *str = nil;
- if (str == nil) str = [NSAttributedString new];
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog (@"attributedSubstringFromRange request");
- return str;
+ static NSAttributedString *str = nil;
+ if (str == nil) {
+ str = [NSAttributedString new];
+ }
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"attributedSubstringFromRange request");
+ }
+ return str;
}
/* End <NSTextInput> impl. */
@end
@@ -427,29 +456,30 @@ unsigned short releaseCode;
/* delete display of composing characters [not in <NSTextInput>] */
- (void)deleteWorkingText
{
- if (privateWorkingText == nil)
- return;
- if (NS_KEYLOG)
- TKLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n",
- (unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);
- [privateWorkingText release];
- privateWorkingText = nil;
- processingCompose = NO;
-
- //PENDING: delete working text
+ if (privateWorkingText == nil) {
+ return;
+ }
+ if (NS_KEYLOG) {
+ TKLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n",
+ (unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);
+ }
+ [privateWorkingText release];
+ privateWorkingText = nil;
+ processingCompose = NO;
+
+ //PENDING: delete working text
}
@end
-
-
/*
- * Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
+ * Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
*/
static void
setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+
if (!winPtr) {
return;
}
@@ -497,12 +527,13 @@ XGrabKeyboard(
Time time)
{
keyboardGrabWinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);
- TkWindow *captureWinPtr = (TkWindow *)TkMacOSXGetCapture();
+ TkWindow *captureWinPtr = (TkWindow *) TkMacOSXGetCapture();
+
if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && captureWinPtr) {
NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(grab_window);
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) grab_window;
- if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow*) captureWinPtr) {
+ if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow *) captureWinPtr) {
if (modalSession) {
Tcl_Panic("XGrabKeyboard: already grabbed");
}
@@ -621,7 +652,10 @@ Tk_SetCaretPos(
}
}
- /* But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view. */
+ /*
+ * But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view.
+ */
+
y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y;
caret_x = x;
@@ -632,75 +666,80 @@ Tk_SetCaretPos(
static unsigned convert_ns_to_X_keysym[] =
{
- NSHomeFunctionKey, 0x50,
- NSLeftArrowFunctionKey, 0x51,
- NSUpArrowFunctionKey, 0x52,
- NSRightArrowFunctionKey, 0x53,
- NSDownArrowFunctionKey, 0x54,
- NSPageUpFunctionKey, 0x55,
- NSPageDownFunctionKey, 0x56,
- NSEndFunctionKey, 0x57,
- NSBeginFunctionKey, 0x58,
- NSSelectFunctionKey, 0x60,
- NSPrintFunctionKey, 0x61,
- NSExecuteFunctionKey, 0x62,
- NSInsertFunctionKey, 0x63,
- NSUndoFunctionKey, 0x65,
- NSRedoFunctionKey, 0x66,
- NSMenuFunctionKey, 0x67,
- NSFindFunctionKey, 0x68,
- NSHelpFunctionKey, 0x6A,
- NSBreakFunctionKey, 0x6B,
-
- NSF1FunctionKey, 0xBE,
- NSF2FunctionKey, 0xBF,
- NSF3FunctionKey, 0xC0,
- NSF4FunctionKey, 0xC1,
- NSF5FunctionKey, 0xC2,
- NSF6FunctionKey, 0xC3,
- NSF7FunctionKey, 0xC4,
- NSF8FunctionKey, 0xC5,
- NSF9FunctionKey, 0xC6,
- NSF10FunctionKey, 0xC7,
- NSF11FunctionKey, 0xC8,
- NSF12FunctionKey, 0xC9,
- NSF13FunctionKey, 0xCA,
- NSF14FunctionKey, 0xCB,
- NSF15FunctionKey, 0xCC,
- NSF16FunctionKey, 0xCD,
- NSF17FunctionKey, 0xCE,
- NSF18FunctionKey, 0xCF,
- NSF19FunctionKey, 0xD0,
- NSF20FunctionKey, 0xD1,
- NSF21FunctionKey, 0xD2,
- NSF22FunctionKey, 0xD3,
- NSF23FunctionKey, 0xD4,
- NSF24FunctionKey, 0xD5,
-
- NSBackspaceCharacter, 0x08, /* 8: Not on some KBs. */
- NSDeleteCharacter, 0xFF, /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */
- NSDeleteFunctionKey, 0x9F, /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */
-
- NSTabCharacter, 0x09,
- 0x19, 0x09, /* left tab->regular since pass shift */
- NSCarriageReturnCharacter, 0x0D,
- NSNewlineCharacter, 0x0D,
- NSEnterCharacter, 0x8D,
-
- 0x1B, 0x1B /* escape */
+ NSHomeFunctionKey, 0x50,
+ NSLeftArrowFunctionKey, 0x51,
+ NSUpArrowFunctionKey, 0x52,
+ NSRightArrowFunctionKey, 0x53,
+ NSDownArrowFunctionKey, 0x54,
+ NSPageUpFunctionKey, 0x55,
+ NSPageDownFunctionKey, 0x56,
+ NSEndFunctionKey, 0x57,
+ NSBeginFunctionKey, 0x58,
+ NSSelectFunctionKey, 0x60,
+ NSPrintFunctionKey, 0x61,
+ NSExecuteFunctionKey, 0x62,
+ NSInsertFunctionKey, 0x63,
+ NSUndoFunctionKey, 0x65,
+ NSRedoFunctionKey, 0x66,
+ NSMenuFunctionKey, 0x67,
+ NSFindFunctionKey, 0x68,
+ NSHelpFunctionKey, 0x6A,
+ NSBreakFunctionKey, 0x6B,
+
+ NSF1FunctionKey, 0xBE,
+ NSF2FunctionKey, 0xBF,
+ NSF3FunctionKey, 0xC0,
+ NSF4FunctionKey, 0xC1,
+ NSF5FunctionKey, 0xC2,
+ NSF6FunctionKey, 0xC3,
+ NSF7FunctionKey, 0xC4,
+ NSF8FunctionKey, 0xC5,
+ NSF9FunctionKey, 0xC6,
+ NSF10FunctionKey, 0xC7,
+ NSF11FunctionKey, 0xC8,
+ NSF12FunctionKey, 0xC9,
+ NSF13FunctionKey, 0xCA,
+ NSF14FunctionKey, 0xCB,
+ NSF15FunctionKey, 0xCC,
+ NSF16FunctionKey, 0xCD,
+ NSF17FunctionKey, 0xCE,
+ NSF18FunctionKey, 0xCF,
+ NSF19FunctionKey, 0xD0,
+ NSF20FunctionKey, 0xD1,
+ NSF21FunctionKey, 0xD2,
+ NSF22FunctionKey, 0xD3,
+ NSF23FunctionKey, 0xD4,
+ NSF24FunctionKey, 0xD5,
+
+ NSBackspaceCharacter, 0x08, /* 8: Not on some KBs. */
+ NSDeleteCharacter, 0xFF, /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */
+ NSDeleteFunctionKey, 0x9F, /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */
+
+ NSTabCharacter, 0x09,
+ 0x19, 0x09, /* left tab->regular since pass shift */
+ NSCarriageReturnCharacter, 0x0D,
+ NSNewlineCharacter, 0x0D,
+ NSEnterCharacter, 0x8D,
+
+ 0x1B, 0x1B /* escape */
};
-static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned code)
+static unsigned
+isFunctionKey(
+ unsigned code)
{
- const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym)
- / sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0]));
- unsigned keysym;
- for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2)
- if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym])
- return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym+1];
- return 0;
- }
+ const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof(convert_ns_to_X_keysym)
+ / sizeof(convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0]));
+ unsigned keysym;
+
+ for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2) {
+ if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym]) {
+ return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym + 1];
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
/*
* Local Variables:
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c
index 3d7cdaf..2292ede 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c
@@ -193,10 +193,10 @@ static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
- if ((NSUInteger)index <= _tkOffset) {
+ if ((NSUInteger) index <= _tkOffset) {
_tkOffset++;
} else {
- NSAssert((NSUInteger)index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset,
+ NSAssert((NSUInteger) index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset,
@"Cannot insert in the middle of Tk menu");
}
}
@@ -206,9 +206,9 @@ static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
- (void) removeItemAtIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
- if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkOffset) {
+ if ((NSUInteger) index < _tkOffset) {
_tkOffset--;
- } else if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) {
+ } else if ((NSUInteger) index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) {
_tkItemCount--;
}
}
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
action:@selector(tkMenuItemInvoke:) keyEquivalent:@""];
[menuItem setTarget:self];
- [menuItem setTag:(NSInteger)mePtr];
+ [menuItem setTag:(NSInteger) mePtr];
return menuItem;
}
@end
@@ -252,15 +252,16 @@ static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
*/
if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) {
- NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *)sender;
- TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *)_tkMenu;
- TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)[menuItem tag];
+ NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) sender;
+ TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) _tkMenu;
+ TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) [menuItem tag];
if (menuPtr && mePtr) {
Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
- /*Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal
- *but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration.
+ /*
+ * Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal
+ * but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration.
*/
//Tcl_Sleep(100);
@@ -305,8 +306,8 @@ static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
return NO;
} else if (modifiers == (NSControlKeyMask | NSShiftKeyMask) &&
[event keyCode] == 48) {
-
- /* Starting with OSX 10.12 Control-Tab and Control-Shift-Tab are used
+ /*
+ * Starting with OSX 10.12 Control-Tab and Control-Shift-Tab are used
* to select window tabs. But for some even more mysterious reason the
* Control-Shift-Tab event has character 0x19 = NSBackTabCharacter
* rather than 0x09 = NSTabCharacter. At the same time, the
@@ -317,7 +318,6 @@ static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
key = @"\t";
} else if (([event modifierFlags] & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) {
-
/*
* If the command modifier is set, use the full character string so
* things like the dvorak / qwerty layout will work.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ TkpConfigureMenuEntry(
gc->foreground!=defaultFg? gc->foreground:gc->background);
attributes = [[attributes mutableCopy] autorelease];
- [(NSMutableDictionary *)attributes setObject:color
+ [(NSMutableDictionary *) attributes setObject:color
forKey:NSForegroundColorAttributeName];
}
if (attributes) {
@@ -690,21 +690,30 @@ TkpConfigureMenuEntry(
[submenu setTitle:title];
if ([menuItem isEnabled]) {
- /* This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX:
- track this), which would have disabled entries; we must
- re-enable the entries here. */
- int i = 0;
- NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray];
- for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) {
- TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i];
- /* Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have
- more items than the menu's entries[] array. */
- if (i >= (int)menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) break;
- [item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)];
- i++;
- }
+ /*
+ * This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX:
+ * track this), which would have disabled entries; we must
+ * re-enable the entries here.
+ */
+
+ int i = 0;
+ NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray];
+
+ for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) {
+ TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i];
+
+ /*
+ * Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have
+ * more items than the menu's entries[] array.
+ */
+
+ if (i >= (int) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) {
+ break;
+ }
+ [item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)];
+ i++;
+ }
}
-
}
}
}
@@ -755,10 +764,10 @@ TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
*
* TkpPostMenu --
*
- * Posts a menu on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the menu is
- * drawn so its top left corner is located at the point with
- * screen coordinates (x, y). Otherwise the top left corner of
- * the specified entry is located at that point.
+ * Posts a menu on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the menu is drawn so
+ * its top left corner is located at the point with screen coordinates
+ * (x,y). Otherwise the top left corner of the specified entry is located
+ * at that point.
*
* Results:
* Returns a standard Tcl result.
@@ -828,13 +837,13 @@ TkpPostMenu(
*
* TkpPostTearoffMenu --
*
- * Tearoff menus are not supported on the Mac. This placeholder
- * function, which is simply a copy of the unix function, posts a
- * completely useless window with a black background on the screen. If
- * entry is < 0 then the window is positioned so that its top left corner
- * is located at the point with screen coordinates (x, y). Otherwise the
- * window position is offset so that top left corner of the specified
- * entry would be located at that point, if there actually were a menu.
+ * Tearoff menus are not supported on the Mac. This placeholder function,
+ * which is simply a copy of the unix function, posts a completely useless
+ * window with a black background on the screen. If entry is < 0 then the
+ * window is positioned so that its top left corner is located at the
+ * point with screen coordinates (x, y). Otherwise the window position is
+ * offset so that top left corner of the specified entry would be located
+ * at that point, if there actually were a menu.
*
* Mac menus steal all mouse or keyboard input from the application until
* the menu is dismissed, with or without a selection, by a mouse or key
@@ -862,7 +871,7 @@ TkpPostTearoffMenu(
int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
int result;
- if (index >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries) {
+ if (index >= (int) menuPtr->numEntries) {
index = menuPtr->numEntries - 1;
}
if (index >= 0) {
@@ -960,12 +969,12 @@ TkpSetWindowMenuBar(
*
* TkpSetMainMenubar --
*
- * Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only
- * be called when the window is in front.
+ * Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only be
+ * called when the window is in front.
*
* This is a no-op on all other platforms. On OS X it is a no-op when
- * passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception
- * for the first call in a new interpreter. In that special case, passing a
+ * passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception for
+ * the first call in a new interpreter. In that special case, passing a
* NULL menuName installs the default menu.
*
* Results:
@@ -993,19 +1002,21 @@ TkpSetMainMenubar(
*/
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
- return;
- }
+ return;
+ }
if (menuName) {
Tk_Window menubar = NULL;
+
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
- winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
- winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr) {
+ winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
+ winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr) {
menubar = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin;
}
/*
- * Attempt to find the NSMenu directly. If that fails, ask Tk to find it.
+ * Attempt to find the NSMenu directly. If that fails, ask Tk to find
+ * it.
*/
if (menubar != NULL && strcmp(menuName, Tk_PathName(menubar)) == 0) {
@@ -1013,6 +1024,7 @@ TkpSetMainMenubar(
} else {
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp,
menuName);
+
if (menuRefPtr && menuRefPtr->menuPtr &&
menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData) {
menu = (TKMenu *) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
@@ -1021,9 +1033,8 @@ TkpSetMainMenubar(
}
/*
- * If we couldn't find a menu, do nothing unless the window belongs
- * to a different application. In that case, install the default
- * menubar.
+ * If we couldn't find a menu, do nothing unless the window belongs to a
+ * different application. In that case, install the default menubar.
*/
if (menu || interp != currentInterp) {
@@ -1038,8 +1049,8 @@ TkpSetMainMenubar(
* CheckForSpecialMenu --
*
* Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a cascade in a menubar
- * with one of the special names ".apple", ".help" or ".window". If it
- * is, the entry that points to this menu will be marked.
+ * with one of the special names ".apple", ".help" or ".window". If it is,
+ * the entry that points to this menu will be marked.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1230,11 +1241,12 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
/*
* Do nothing if this menu is a clone.
*/
+
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL || menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
return;
}
- menuSize = [(NSMenu *)menuPtr->platformData size];
+ menuSize = [(NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData size];
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
@@ -1248,16 +1260,16 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
* want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass
* them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure
* the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own
- * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font
- * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font
- * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
+ * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font and
+ * metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font and
+ * give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
menuModifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(menuFont);
- for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY || mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
haveAccel = 1;
@@ -1265,7 +1277,7 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
}
}
- for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
continue;
@@ -1295,6 +1307,7 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
int haveImage = 0, width = 0, height = 0;
+
if (mePtr->image) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
@@ -1302,6 +1315,7 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
mePtr->bitmapPtr);
+
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
height += 2; /* tweak */
@@ -1413,7 +1427,7 @@ GenerateMenuSelectEvent(
if (menuPtr) {
int index = [menu tkIndexOfItem:menuItem];
- if (index < 0 || index >= (int)menuPtr->numEntries ||
+ if (index < 0 || index >= (int) menuPtr->numEntries ||
(menuPtr->entries[index])->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
} else {
@@ -1492,7 +1506,7 @@ RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
int i;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
- for (i = 0; i < (int)menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < (int) menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY
@@ -1781,7 +1795,7 @@ TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void)
* TkMacOSXUseID --
*
* Take the ID out of the available list for new menus. Used by the
- * default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the tk
+ * default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the Tk
* level. See TkMacOSXGetNewMenuID for more information.
*
* Results:
@@ -1806,8 +1820,7 @@ TkMacOSXUseMenuID(
*
* TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent --
*
- * Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with
- * it.
+ * Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with it.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1857,9 +1870,10 @@ TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu(void)
*
* TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount --
*
- * Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the
- * global variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu.
- * NB. Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system
+ * Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the global
+ * variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu.
+ *
+ * NB: Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system
* help items from HMGetHelpMenu trivially. But it is in the stubs
* table...
*
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c
index b2b4b76..33ae213 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/*
* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c --
*
- * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the
- * menubutton widget.
+ * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the menubutton
+ * widget.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ typedef struct {
int hasImageOrBitmap;
} DrawParams;
-
/*
* Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
*/
@@ -50,21 +49,24 @@ typedef struct MacMenuButton {
* Forward declarations for static functions defined later in this file:
*/
-static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB (MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
- Boolean isColorDev);
-static void MenuButtonContentDrawCB (ThemeButtonKind kind,
- const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo * info,
- MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
- Boolean isColorDev);
-static void MenuButtonEventProc ( ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr,
- ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
- HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo);
-static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr,
- DrawParams * dpPtr);
-static void TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton (MacMenuButton *butPtr, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
-static void DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton* butPtr);
+static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB(MacMenuButton *ptr,
+ SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
+static void MenuButtonContentDrawCB(ThemeButtonKind kind,
+ const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info,
+ MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
+ Boolean isColorDev);
+static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(TkMenuButton *butPtr,
+ ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
+ HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo);
+static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr, DrawParams *dpPtr);
+static void TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(MacMenuButton *butPtr, GC gc,
+ Pixmap pixmap);
+static void DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton *butPtr);
/*
* The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of
@@ -133,8 +135,7 @@ TkpCreateMenuButton(
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacMenuButton));
- Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, MenuButtonEventProc,
- (ClientData) mbPtr);
+ Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
mbPtr->btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
bzero(&mbPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->drawinfo));
@@ -153,8 +154,7 @@ TkpCreateMenuButton(
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its
- * current mode.
+ * Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its current mode.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -163,11 +163,11 @@ void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
- MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)clientData;
- TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ MacMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr = clientData;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
- DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
+ DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
@@ -179,22 +179,26 @@ TkpDisplayMenuButton(
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr);
/*
- * set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port
- * for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
+ * Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port for this
+ * button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
*/
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(pixmap);
- /* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */
+ /*
+ * Draw the native portion of the buttons.
+ */
+
TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(mbPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap);
- /* Draw highlight border, if needed. */
- if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
- if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
- Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
+ /*
+ * Draw highlight border, if needed.
+ */
+
+ if ((butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) && (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
+ Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID);
- }
}
}
@@ -203,8 +207,8 @@ TkpDisplayMenuButton(
*
* TkpDestroyMenuButton --
*
- * Free data structures associated with the menubutton control.
- * This is a no-op on the Mac.
+ * Free data structures associated with the menubutton control. This is a
+ * no-op on the Mac.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -279,44 +283,42 @@ TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(butPtr)
}
/*
- * If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text),
- * the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry.
- * We only honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an
- * image, because otherwise it is not really a compound button.
+ * If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text), the new
+ * geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only honor
+ * the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, because
+ * otherwise it is not really a compound button.
*/
if (haveImage && haveText) {
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
- case COMPOUND_TOP:
- case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
- /*
- * Image is above or below text
- */
-
- height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
- width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_LEFT:
- case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
- /*
- * Image is left or right of text
- */
-
- width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
- height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
- /*
- * Image and text are superimposed
- */
-
- width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
- height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;}
+ case COMPOUND_TOP:
+ case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+ /*
+ * Image is above or below text
+ */
+
+ height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
+ width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+ case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+ /*
+ * Image is left or right of text
+ */
+
+ width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
+ height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+ /*
+ * Image and text are superimposed
+ */
+
+ width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
+ height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_NONE:
+ break;
}
if (butPtr->width > 0) {
@@ -371,32 +373,24 @@ TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(butPtr)
*/
void
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
- TkMenuButton* butPtr)
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr)
{
- MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
- Pixmap pixmap;
- int haveImage = 0;
- int haveText = 0;
- int imageWidth = 0;
- int imageHeight = 0;
- int imageXOffset = 0;
- int imageYOffset = 0;
- int textXOffset = 0;
- int textYOffset = 0;
- int width = 0;
- int height = 0;
- int fullWidth = 0;
- int fullHeight = 0;
- int pressed;
+ MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ Pixmap pixmap;
+ int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
+ int imageWidth = 0, imageHeight = 0;
+ int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
+ int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
+ int width = 0, height = 0;
+ int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
- DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
- pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-
+ DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
+ pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->image != None) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
@@ -406,86 +400,80 @@ DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
haveImage = 1;
}
- imageWidth = width;
+ imageWidth = width;
imageHeight = height;
- if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {
- /* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */
- pressed = 1;
- }
-
haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
- int x = 0;
- int y = 0;
+ int x = 0, y = 0;
+
textXOffset = 0;
textYOffset = 0;
fullWidth = 0;
fullHeight = 0;
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
- case COMPOUND_TOP:
- case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
- /* Image is above or below text */
- if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
- textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
- } else {
- imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
- }
- fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
- fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ?
- width : butPtr->textWidth);
- textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
- imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_LEFT:
- case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
- /*
- * Image is left or right of text
- */
-
- if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
- textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2;
- } else {
- imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
- }
- fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
- fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
- butPtr->textHeight);
- textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
- imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
- /*
- * Image and text are superimposed
- */
-
- fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
- butPtr->textWidth);
- fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
- butPtr->textHeight);
- textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
- imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
- textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
- imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
- break;
- }
- case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;}
+ case COMPOUND_TOP:
+ case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
+ /*
+ * Image is above or below text.
+ */
+
+ if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
+ textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
+ } else {
+ imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
+ }
+ fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
+ fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ?
+ width : butPtr->textWidth);
+ textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
+ imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_LEFT:
+ case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
+ /*
+ * Image is left or right of text
+ */
+
+ if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
+ textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2;
+ } else {
+ imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
+ }
+ fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
+ fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
+ butPtr->textHeight);
+ textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
+ imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_CENTER:
+ /*
+ * Image and text are superimposed
+ */
+
+ fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : butPtr->textWidth);
+ fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
+ butPtr->textHeight);
+ textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth) / 2;
+ imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width) / 2;
+ textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight) / 2;
+ imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height) / 2;
+ break;
+ case COMPOUND_NONE:
+ break;
}
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
- butPtr->padX + butPtr->inset,
- butPtr->padY + butPtr->inset,
+ butPtr->padX + butPtr->inset, butPtr->padY + butPtr->inset,
fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
imageXOffset = LEFT_INSET;
imageYOffset += y;
textYOffset -= 1;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
- Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
- height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
+ Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
+ height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else {
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
@@ -499,12 +487,12 @@ DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
- butPtr->textLayout,
- x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
+ butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
butPtr->underline);
} else {
+ int x, y;
+
if (haveImage) {
- int x, y;
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
@@ -524,27 +512,24 @@ DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
} else {
- int x, y;
textXOffset = LEFT_INSET;
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
- butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
+ butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
- butPtr->textLayout, textXOffset, y, 0, -1);
+ butPtr->textLayout, textXOffset, y, 0, -1);
y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
- }
+ }
}
}
-
-
-
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton --
*
- * This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls
- * In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed
- * in the TkMenubutton.
+ * This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls. In
+ * addition, this code may apply custom colors passed in the
+ * TkMenubutton.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -554,43 +539,39 @@ DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static void
TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(
MacMenuButton *mbPtr, /* Mac menubutton. */
- GC gc, /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for
- * the bevel button */
- Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
- * for the bevel button */
+ GC gc, /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for the bevel
+ * button */
+ Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed for the
+ * bevel button */
{
- TkMenuButton * butPtr = ( TkMenuButton *)mbPtr;
- TkWindow * winPtr;
- HIRect cntrRect;
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr;
+ TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) butPtr->tkwin;
+ HIRect cntrRect;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
- DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
+ DrawParams *dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
int useNewerHITools = 1;
- winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin;
-
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);
cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,
- Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),
- Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));
+ Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin), Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));
if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
HIRect contHIRec;
static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;
- MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB((MacMenuButton*) mbPtr, 32, true);
-
+ MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB(mbPtr, 32, true);
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
-
hiinfo.version = 0;
hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
- hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
+ hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
@@ -599,10 +580,10 @@ TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(
}
HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context,
- kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);
+ kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
- MenuButtonContentDrawCB( mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
- (MacMenuButton *)mbPtr, 32, true);
+ MenuButtonContentDrawCB(mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
+ mbPtr, 32, true);
} else {
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
@@ -617,33 +598,34 @@ TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(
*
* MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
*
- * This function draws the background that
- * lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons.
+ * This function draws the background that lies under checkboxes and
+ * radiobuttons.
*
* Results:
- * None.
+ * None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The background gets updated to the current color.
+ * The background gets updated to the current color.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static void
MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
MacMenuButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
- TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton*)ptr;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) ptr;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
+
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
- pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-
+ pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
- Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+ Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
/*
@@ -651,16 +633,17 @@ MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
*
* MenuButtonContentDrawCB --
*
- * This function draws the label and image for the button.
+ * This function draws the label and image for the button.
*
* Results:
- * None.
+ * None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The content of the button gets updated.
+ * The content of the button gets updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static void
MenuButtonContentDrawCB (
ThemeButtonKind kind,
@@ -669,8 +652,8 @@ MenuButtonContentDrawCB (
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
- TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *)ptr;
- Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) ptr;
+ Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
@@ -683,8 +666,8 @@ MenuButtonContentDrawCB (
*
* MenuButtonEventProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
- * events on buttons.
+ * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
+ * buttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -700,8 +683,8 @@ MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
- TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
- MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) clientData;
+ TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = clientData;
+ MacMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
|| eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
@@ -725,9 +708,9 @@ MenuButtonEventProc(
*
* TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams --
*
- * This procedure computes the various parameters used
- * when creating a Carbon Appearance control.
- * These are determined by the various tk button parameters
+ * This procedure computes the various parameters used when creating a
+ * Carbon Appearance control. These are determined by the various Tk
+ * button parameters
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -740,11 +723,11 @@ MenuButtonEventProc(
static void
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(
- TkMenuButton * butPtr,
- ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr,
+ ThemeButtonKind *btnkind,
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
- MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)butPtr;
+ MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) butPtr;
if (butPtr->image || butPtr->bitmap || butPtr->text) {
/* TODO: allow for Small and Mini menubuttons. */
@@ -789,25 +772,25 @@ TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(
*
* TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams --
*
- * This procedure selects an appropriate drawing context for
- * drawing a menubutton.
+ * This procedure selects an appropriate drawing context for drawing a
+ * menubutton.
*
* Results:
- * None.
+ * None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Sets the button draw parameters.
+ * Sets the button draw parameters.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(
- TkMenuButton * butPtr,
- DrawParams * dpPtr)
+ TkMenuButton *butPtr,
+ DrawParams *dpPtr)
{
- dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL) ||
- (butPtr->bitmap != None));
+ dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap =
+ ((butPtr->image != NULL) || (butPtr->bitmap != None));
dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
@@ -818,7 +801,7 @@ TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
}
}
-
+
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c
index 32d807e..bc66a10 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c
@@ -177,7 +177,6 @@ static Tcl_Obj * GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);
SEL action = [anItem action];
if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(preferences:))) {
-
return (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp,
"::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", NULL, 0));
} else if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(tkDemo:))) {
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c
index 3a32527..7267b00 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static void TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
-static char* Tk_EventName[39] = {
+static const char *Tk_EventName[39] = {
"",
"",
"KeyPress", /*2*/
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ void DebugPrintQueue(void)
/*
* Since the contentView is the first responder for a Tk Window, it is
- * responsible for sending events up the responder chain. We also check
- * the pasteboard here.
+ * responsible for sending events up the responder chain. We also check the
+ * pasteboard here.
*/
- (void) sendEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ GetRunLoopMode(NSModalSession modalSession)
*
* Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier --
*
- * This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create
- * the event source for TkAqua events.
+ * This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create the event
+ * source for TkAqua events.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -224,8 +224,7 @@ Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void)
"first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
}
Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
- TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
- NULL);
+ TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL);
TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
@@ -258,8 +257,7 @@ TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
TSD_INIT();
Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
- TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
- NULL);
+ TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc, NULL);
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
@@ -268,19 +266,19 @@ TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
*
* TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --
*
- * This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event
- * source. It is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling
- * TkMacOSXEventsProc to process all queued NSEvents. In our
- * case, all we need to do is to set the Tcl MaxBlockTime to
- * 0 before starting the loop to process all queued NSEvents.
+ * This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event source. It
+ * is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling TkMacOSXEventsProc to
+ * process all queued NSEvents. In our case, all we need to do is to set
+ * the Tcl MaxBlockTime to 0 before starting the loop to process all
+ * queued NSEvents.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
*
- * If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set
- * to 0 to ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl.
+ * If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set to 0 to
+ * ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -291,15 +289,24 @@ TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
int flags)
{
NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
- /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */
+
+ /*
+ * runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop.
+ */
+
if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
static const Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
- /* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */
- NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
- untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
- inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
- dequeue:NO];
+
+ /*
+ * Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty.
+ */
+
+ NSEvent *currentEvent =
+ [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+ untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
+ inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
+ dequeue:NO];
if (currentEvent) {
if (currentEvent.type > 0) {
Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&zeroBlockTime);
@@ -313,15 +320,15 @@ TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
*
* TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc --
*
- * This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the
- * TKApplication event queue, generating X events from them.
+ * This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the TKApplication
+ * event queue, generating X events from them.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the
- * Tcl event queue.
+ * NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the Tcl
+ * event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -331,34 +338,48 @@ TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
int flags)
{
NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
- /* runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop. */
+
+ /*
+ * runloopMode will be nil if we are in a Tcl event loop.
+ */
+
if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
NSModalSession modalSession;
- /* It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function
+
+ /*
+ * It is possible for the SetupProc to be called before this function
* returns. This happens, for example, when we process an event which
* opens a modal window. To prevent premature release of our
* application-wide autorelease pool by a nested call to the SetupProc,
* we must lock it here.
*/
+
[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
do {
modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
- testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
- untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
- inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
- dequeue:NO];
- /* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */
+ testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
+ untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
+ inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
+ dequeue:NO];
+
+ /*
+ * We must not steal any events during LiveResize.
+ */
+
if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
break;
}
currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
- untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
- inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
- dequeue:YES];
+ untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
+ inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
+ dequeue:YES];
if (currentEvent) {
- /* Generate Xevents. */
+ /*
+ * Generate Xevents.
+ */
+
int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent];
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
@@ -372,16 +393,18 @@ TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
[NSApp sendEvent:currentEvent];
}
}
-
} else {
break;
}
} while (1);
- /* Now we can unlock the pool. */
+
+ /*
+ * Now we can unlock the pool.
+ */
+
[NSApp _unlockAutoreleasePool];
}
}
-
/*
* Local Variables:
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c
index 0f2a74a..323318c 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
- * Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a
- * complete implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
+ * Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a complete
+ * implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -204,13 +204,13 @@ TkRectInRegion(
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
- if ( TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region) ) {
- return RectangleOut;
- }
- else {
+ if (TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region)) {
+ return RectangleOut;
+ } else {
const CGRect r = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
+
return HIShapeIntersectsRect((HIShapeRef) region, &r) ?
- RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
+ RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
}
}
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ TkRectInRegion(
void
TkClipBox(
TkRegion r,
- XRectangle* rect_return)
+ XRectangle *rect_return)
{
CGRect rect;
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c
index 8a6a96b..0195ffb 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ static ControlActionUPP scaleActionProc = NULL; /* Pointer to func. */
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
-static void MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static pascal void ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl,
- ControlPartCode partCode);
-
+static void MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static pascal void ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl,
+ ControlPartCode partCode);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TkpCreateScale(
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ButtonPressMask,
- MacScaleEventProc, (ClientData) macScalePtr);
+ MacScaleEventProc, macScalePtr);
return (TkScale *) macScalePtr;
}
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ TkpDestroyScale(
*
* TkpDisplayScale --
*
- * This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay
- * the contents of a scale widget.
+ * This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay the contents
+ * of a scale widget.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ void
TkpDisplayScale(
ClientData clientData) /* Widget record for scale. */
{
- TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
+ TkScale *scalePtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
int result;
char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
- MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) clientData;
+ MacScale *macScalePtr = clientData;
Rect r;
WindowRef windowRef;
CGrafPtr destPort, savePort;
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
* Invoke the scale's command if needed.
*/
- Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
+ Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
- Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+ Tcl_Preserve(interp);
if (snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, scalePtr->format,
scalePtr->value) < 0) {
string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE - 1] = '\0';
@@ -185,19 +185,18 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command executed by scale)");
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
}
- Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
+ Tcl_Release(interp);
}
scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) {
- Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
+ Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
return;
}
- Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
+ Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
/*
- * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for
- * horizontal and vertical scales: border and traversal
- * highlight.
+ * Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for horizontal and
+ * vertical scales: border and traversal highlight.
*/
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
@@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
#define MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH 10
if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
- int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2;
+ int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH) / 2;
if (offset < 0) {
offset = 0;
@@ -240,7 +239,7 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
r.right = macDraw->xOff+Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
} else {
- int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2;
+ int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH) / 2;
if (offset < 0) {
offset = 0;
@@ -249,7 +248,7 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
r.left = macDraw->xOff + offset;
r.top = macDraw->yOff + scalePtr->inset;
r.right = macDraw->xOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
- r.bottom = macDraw->yOff+Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
+ r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
}
if (macScalePtr->scaleHandle == NULL) {
@@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
CreateSliderControl(windowRef, &r, initialValue, minValue, maxValue,
kControlSliderPointsDownOrRight, numTicks, 1, scaleActionProc,
- &(macScalePtr->scaleHandle));
+ &macScalePtr->scaleHandle);
SetControlReference(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, (UInt32) scalePtr);
if (IsWindowActive(windowRef)) {
@@ -290,8 +289,8 @@ TkpDisplayScale(
* Finally draw the control.
*/
- SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,true,true);
- HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,0);
+ SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, true, true);
+ HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, 0);
Draw1Control(macScalePtr->scaleHandle);
if (portChanged) {
@@ -306,13 +305,12 @@ done:
*
* TkpScaleElement --
*
- * Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given
- * point.
+ * Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given point.
*
* Results:
- * The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or
- * OTHER, depending on which of the scale's active elements
- * (if any) is under the point at (x,y).
+ * The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or OTHER,
+ * depending on which of the scale's active elements (if any) is under the
+ * point at (x,y).
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -357,22 +355,22 @@ TkpScaleElement(
#endif
switch (part) {
- case inSlider:
- return SLIDER;
- case inInc:
- if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
- return TROUGH1;
- } else {
- return TROUGH2;
- }
- case inDecr:
- if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
- return TROUGH2;
- } else {
- return TROUGH1;
- }
- default:
- return OTHER;
+ case inSlider:
+ return SLIDER;
+ case inInc:
+ if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
+ return TROUGH1;
+ } else {
+ return TROUGH2;
+ }
+ case inDecr:
+ if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
+ return TROUGH2;
+ } else {
+ return TROUGH1;
+ }
+ default:
+ return OTHER;
}
}
@@ -381,15 +379,15 @@ TkpScaleElement(
*
* MacScaleEventProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for
- * ButtonPress events on scales.
+ * This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for ButtonPress events
+ * on scales.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
- * cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
+ * When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. When
+ * it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
@@ -411,9 +409,9 @@ MacScaleEventProc(
#endif
/*
- * To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port
- * set to the window containing the control. We will then test
- * which part of the control was hit and act accordingly.
+ * To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port set to the
+ * window containing the control. We will then test which part of the
+ * control was hit and act accordingly.
*/
destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
@@ -461,8 +459,8 @@ MacScaleEventProc(
* ScaleActionProc --
*
* Callback procedure used by the Macintosh toolbox call
- * HandleControlClick. This call will update the display
- * while the scrollbar is being manipulated by the user.
+ * HandleControlClick. This call will update the display while the
+ * scrollbar is being manipulated by the user.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -486,9 +484,9 @@ ScaleActionProc(
#endif
value = GetControlValue(theControl);
TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1);
- Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
+ Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr);
TkMacOSXRunTclEventLoop();
- Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
+ Tcl_Release(scalePtr);
}
#endif
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
index 4a108db..06e0a64 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Commununications LLC.
* Copyright (c) 2018 Marc Culler
+ *
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
@@ -17,7 +18,6 @@
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
-
#define MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE 0
/*
@@ -27,18 +27,21 @@
#define MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH 5
-/*Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling.*/
+/*
+ * Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling.
+ */
+
#ifdef __LP64__
-#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
+#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
-#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
+#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */
/*
* Apple reversed the scroll direction with the release of OSX 10.7 Lion.
*/
-#define SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE (NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138)
+#define SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE (NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138)
/*
* Declaration of an extended scrollbar structure with Mac specific additions.
@@ -50,7 +53,7 @@ typedef struct MacScrollbar {
GC copyGC; /* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */
Bool buttonDown; /* Is the mouse button down? */
Bool mouseOver; /* Is the pointer over the scrollbar. */
- HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info; /* Controls how the scrollbar is drawn. */
+ HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info; /* Controls how the scrollbar is drawn. */
} MacScrollbar;
/* Used to initialize a MacScrollbar's info field. */
@@ -69,33 +72,35 @@ HIThemeTrackDrawInfo defaultInfo = {
const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
- NULL, /* worldChangedProc */
- NULL, /* createProc */
- NULL /* modalProc */
+ NULL, /* worldChangedProc */
+ NULL, /* createProc */
+ NULL /* modalProc */
};
+/*
+ * Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.
+ */
-/* Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.*/
typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics {
SInt32 width, minThumbHeight;
int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight;
NSControlSize controlSize;
} ScrollbarMetrics;
-
static ScrollbarMetrics metrics = {
- 15, 54, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */
+ 15, 54, 26, 14, 14, kControlSizeNormal /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */
};
-
/*
* Declarations of static functions defined later in this file:
*/
-static void ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static int ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr);
-
+static void ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static int ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr);
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -114,10 +119,9 @@ static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr);
TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
- Tk_Window tkwin)
+ Tk_Window tkwin)
{
-
- MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));
+ MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));
scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL;
scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL;
@@ -125,15 +129,15 @@ TkpCreateScrollbar(
scrollPtr->buttonDown = false;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
- ExposureMask |
- StructureNotifyMask |
- FocusChangeMask |
- ButtonPressMask |
- ButtonReleaseMask |
- EnterWindowMask |
- LeaveWindowMask |
- VisibilityChangeMask,
- ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);
+ ExposureMask |
+ StructureNotifyMask |
+ FocusChangeMask |
+ ButtonPressMask |
+ ButtonReleaseMask |
+ EnterWindowMask |
+ LeaveWindowMask |
+ VisibilityChangeMask,
+ ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);
return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}
@@ -144,8 +148,8 @@ TkpCreateScrollbar(
* TkpDisplayScrollbar --
*
* This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is
- * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
- * nothing else for the application to do.
+ * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing
+ * else for the application to do.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -158,9 +162,9 @@ TkpCreateScrollbar(
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
- ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
+ ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
- register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
+ register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
@@ -169,23 +173,31 @@ TkpDisplayScrollbar(
scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
- return;
+ return;
}
- MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
+ MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
- if (!view ||
- macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW ||
- !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
- return;
+
+ if ((view == NULL)
+ || (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)
+ || !TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
+ return;
}
CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
- CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,
- .ty = viewHeight};
+ CGAffineTransform t = {
+ .a = 1, .b = 0,
+ .c = 0, .d = -1,
+ .tx = 0, .ty = viewHeight
+ };
+
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
- /*Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar.*/
+ /*
+ * Draw a 3D rectangle to provide a base for the native scrollbar.
+ */
+
if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
GC fgGC, bgGC;
@@ -196,32 +208,37 @@ TkpDisplayScrollbar(
fgGC = bgGC;
}
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
- (Pixmap) macWin);
+ (Pixmap) macWin);
}
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
- scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
- Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
- Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
- scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief);
+ scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
+ Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
+ Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
+ scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
- scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset,
- Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset,
- Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+ scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset,
+ Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset,
+ Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
+
+ /*
+ * Update values and then draw the native scrollbar over the rectangle.
+ */
- /* Update values and then draw the native scrollbar over the rectangle.*/
UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);
if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {
- HIThemeDrawTrack (&(msPtr->info), 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationInverted);
+ HIThemeDrawTrack(&msPtr->info, 0, dc.context,
+ kHIThemeOrientationInverted);
} else {
- HIThemeDrawTrack (&(msPtr->info), 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
+ HIThemeDrawTrack(&msPtr->info, 0, dc.context,
+ kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -240,44 +257,41 @@ TkpDisplayScrollbar(
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-
-
extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
- /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
- * changed. */
+ /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
+ * changed. */
{
-
- /*
- * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c but has been adjusted to
- * account for some differences between macOS and X11. The Unix scrollbar
- * has an arrow button on each end. On macOS 10.6 (Snow Leopard) the
- * scrollbars by default have both arrow buttons at the bottom or right.
- * (There is a preferences setting to use the Unix layout, but we are not
- * supporting that!) On more recent versions of macOS there are no arrow
- * buttons at all. The case of no arrow buttons can be handled as a special
- * case of having both buttons at the end, but where scrollPtr->arrowLength
- * happens to be zero. To adjust for having both arrows at the same end we
- * shift the scrollbar up by the arrowLength.
- */
+ /*
+ * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c but has been adjusted to
+ * account for some differences between macOS and X11. The Unix scrollbar
+ * has an arrow button on each end. On macOS 10.6 (Snow Leopard) the
+ * scrollbars by default have both arrow buttons at the bottom or right.
+ * (There is a preferences setting to use the Unix layout, but we are not
+ * supporting that!) On more recent versions of macOS there are no arrow
+ * buttons at all. The case of no arrow buttons can be handled as a special
+ * case of having both buttons at the end, but where scrollPtr->arrowLength
+ * happens to be zero. To adjust for having both arrows at the same end we
+ * shift the scrollbar up by the arrowLength.
+ */
int fieldLength;
if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
- scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
+ scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] == 6) {
- scrollPtr->arrowLength = scrollPtr->width;
+ scrollPtr->arrowLength = scrollPtr->width;
} else {
- scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
+ scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
}
fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
- : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
- - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
+ : Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
+ - 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
if (fieldLength < 0) {
- fieldLength = 0;
+ fieldLength = 0;
}
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction;
@@ -289,16 +303,16 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
*/
if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
- scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
+ scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
- scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
+ scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH) {
- scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
+ scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
- scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
+ scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
}
scrollPtr->sliderFirst += -scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->inset;
@@ -310,20 +324,20 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
* be redisplayed.
*/
- if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
- Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
- scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset,
- 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
- + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight);
+ if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
+ Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
+ scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset,
+ 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
+ + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight);
} else {
- Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
- 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
- + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight,
- scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset);
+ Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
+ 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth
+ + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics.minThumbHeight,
+ scrollPtr->width + 2*scrollPtr->inset);
}
Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -342,9 +356,9 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
- TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
+ TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
- MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
+ MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
if (macScrollPtr->troughGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->troughGC);
@@ -353,15 +367,15 @@ TkpDestroyScrollbar(
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->copyGC);
}
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpConfigureScrollbar --
*
- * This procedure is called after the generic code has finished
- * processing configuration options, in order to configure platform
- * specific options. There are no such option on the Mac, however.
+ * This procedure is called after the generic code has finished processing
+ * configuration options, in order to configure platform specific options.
+ * There are no such option on the Mac, however.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -374,11 +388,11 @@ TkpDestroyScrollbar(
void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
- register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
+ register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
-
+ /* empty */
}
-
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -403,29 +417,28 @@ TkpScrollbarPosition(
/* Scrollbar widget record. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{
-
- /*
- * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c and needs no adjustment
- * since it does not involve the arrow buttons.
- */
+ /*
+ * The code below is borrowed from tkUnixScrlbr.c and needs no adjustment
+ * since it does not involve the arrow buttons.
+ */
int length, width, tmp;
register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
- length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
- width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+ length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+ width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
} else {
- tmp = x;
- x = y;
- y = tmp;
- length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
- width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+ tmp = x;
+ x = y;
+ y = tmp;
+ length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
+ width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
}
if (x < inset || x >= width - inset ||
- y < inset || y >= length - inset) {
- return OUTSIDE;
+ y < inset || y >= length - inset) {
+ return OUTSIDE;
}
/*
@@ -436,31 +449,34 @@ TkpScrollbarPosition(
*/
if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst + scrollPtr->arrowLength) {
- return TOP_GAP;
- }
- if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
- return SLIDER;
- }
- if (y < length - (2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
- return BOTTOM_GAP;
- }
- /* On systems newer than 10.6 we have already returned. */
- if (y < length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
- return TOP_ARROW;
- }
- return BOTTOM_ARROW;
-}
+ return TOP_GAP;
+ }
+ if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
+ return SLIDER;
+ }
+ if (y < length - (2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
+ return BOTTOM_GAP;
+ }
+ /*
+ * On systems newer than 10.6 we have already returned.
+ */
+
+ if (y < length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset)) {
+ return TOP_ARROW;
+ }
+ return BOTTOM_ARROW;
+}
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateControlValues --
*
- * This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to
- * display the values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the
- * key interface to the Mac-native scrollbar; the Unix bindings
- * drive scrolling in the Tk window and all the Mac scrollbar has
- * to do is redraw itself.
+ * This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to display the
+ * values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the key interface to the
+ * Mac-native scrollbar; the Unix bindings drive scrolling in the Tk
+ * window and all the Mac scrollbar has to do is redraw itself.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -473,20 +489,21 @@ TkpScrollbarPosition(
static void
UpdateControlValues(
- TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */
+ TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
- MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
+ MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
double dViewSize;
- HIRect contrlRect;
+ HIRect contrlRect;
short width, height;
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
NSRect frame;
+
frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
- Tk_Height(tkwin));
+ Tk_Height(tkwin));
frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);
@@ -503,9 +520,9 @@ UpdateControlValues(
msPtr->info.bounds = contrlRect;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
- msPtr->info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
+ msPtr->info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
} else {
- msPtr->info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal;
+ msPtr->info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal;
}
/*
@@ -518,69 +535,73 @@ UpdateControlValues(
* the view area.
*/
- double maximum = 100, factor;
- factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);
- dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction)
- * factor;
- msPtr->info.max = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE +
- factor - dViewSize;
+ double maximum = 100, factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);
+
+ dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction) * factor;
+ msPtr->info.max = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor - dViewSize;
msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = dViewSize;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
- if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {
- msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
- } else {
- msPtr->info.value = msPtr->info.max - factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
- }
+ if (SNOW_LEOPARD_STYLE) {
+ msPtr->info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
+ } else {
+ msPtr->info.value = msPtr->info.max -
+ factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
+ }
} else {
- msPtr->info.value = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
+ msPtr->info.value = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE +
+ factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
}
- if((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
- || height <= metrics.minHeight) {
+ if ((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
+ || height <= metrics.minHeight) {
msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack;
} else {
msPtr->info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive;
- msPtr->info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;
+ msPtr->info.attributes =
+ kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;
}
-
}
-
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScrollbarEvent --
*
- * This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>, <ButtonRelease>,
- * <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events. The Scrollbar appearance is
- * modified for each event.
+ * This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress>,
+ * <ButtonRelease>, <EnterNotify>, and <LeaveNotify> events. The
+ * Scrollbar appearance is modified for each event.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
-ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
+ScrollbarEvent(
+ TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
+ XEvent *eventPtr)
{
- MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
-
- /* The pressState does not indicate whether the moused button was
- * pressed at some location in the Scrollbar. Rather, it indicates
- * that the scrollbar should appear as if it were pressed in that
- * location. The standard Mac behavior is that once the button is
- * pressed inside the Scrollbar the appearance should not change until
- * the button is released, even if the mouse moves outside of the
- * scrollbar. However, if the mouse lies over the scrollbar but the
- * button is not pressed then the appearance should be the same as if
- * the button had been pressed on the slider, i.e. kThemeThumbPressed.
- * See the file Appearance.r, or HIToolbox.bridgesupport on 10.14.
+ MacScrollbar *msPtr = (MacScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
+
+ /*
+ * The pressState does not indicate whether the moused button was pressed
+ * at some location in the Scrollbar. Rather, it indicates that the
+ * scrollbar should appear as if it were pressed in that location. The
+ * standard Mac behavior is that once the button is pressed inside the
+ * Scrollbar the appearance should not change until the button is released,
+ * even if the mouse moves outside of the scrollbar. However, if the mouse
+ * lies over the scrollbar but the button is not pressed then the
+ * appearance should be the same as if the button had been pressed on the
+ * slider, i.e. kThemeThumbPressed. See the file Appearance.r, or
+ * HIToolbox.bridgesupport on 10.14.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
msPtr->buttonDown = true;
UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);
+
int where = TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr,
- eventPtr->xbutton.x,
- eventPtr->xbutton.y);
- switch(where) {
+ eventPtr->xbutton.x, eventPtr->xbutton.y);
+
+ switch (where) {
case OUTSIDE:
msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
break;
@@ -591,14 +612,20 @@ ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed;
break;
case BOTTOM_GAP:
- msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeBottomTrackPressed;
+ msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState =
+ kThemeBottomTrackPressed;
break;
case TOP_ARROW:
- /* This looks wrong and the docs say it is wrong but it works. */
- msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeTopInsideArrowPressed;
+ /*
+ * This looks wrong and the docs say it is wrong but it works.
+ */
+
+ msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState =
+ kThemeTopInsideArrowPressed;
break;
case BOTTOM_ARROW:
- msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeBottomOutsideArrowPressed;
+ msPtr->info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState =
+ kThemeBottomOutsideArrowPressed;
break;
}
}
@@ -622,9 +649,7 @@ ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
return TCL_OK;
}
-
-
-
+
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -645,8 +670,8 @@ ScrollbarEvent(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
static void
ScrollbarEventProc(
- ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
- XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
+ ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
+ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
@@ -668,7 +693,7 @@ ScrollbarEventProc(
TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
}
}
-
+
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c
index 1fdf048..8b65532 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ typedef struct RegisteredInterp {
* A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property
* "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a
* series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each
- * of the form
+ * of the form:
* window space name '\0'
* where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an
* interpreter named "name".
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ typedef struct NameRegistry {
* XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
} NameRegistry;
-static int initialized = 0; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized
+static int initialized = 0; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized
* yet. */
static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL;
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
index 805d58f..06aaa9d 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ XDestroyWindow(
TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
- if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) ) {
+ if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
if (macWin->winPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
@@ -151,19 +151,18 @@ XMapWindow(
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
/*
- * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped
- * but we must not supply YES here. This is because
- * during Tk initialization the root window is mapped
- * before applicationDidFinishLaunching returns. Forcing
- * the app to activate too early can make the menu bar
- * unresponsive.
+ * We want to activate Tk when a toplevel is mapped but we must not
+ * supply YES here. This is because during Tk initialization the
+ * root window is mapped before applicationDidFinishLaunching
+ * returns. Forcing the app to activate too early can make the menu
+ * bar unresponsive.
*/
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);
[win setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:NO];
[[win contentView] setNeedsDisplay:YES];
- if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
+ if ([win canBecomeKeyWindow]) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
} else {
[win orderFrontRegardless];
@@ -185,7 +184,8 @@ XMapWindow(
*/
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);
- TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window)contWinPtr);
+
+ TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) contWinPtr);
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
}
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);
@@ -203,12 +203,9 @@ XMapWindow(
event.xmap.event = window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-
} else {
-
/*
* Rebuild the parent's clipping region and display the window.
- *
*/
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
@@ -298,6 +295,7 @@ XUnmapWindow(
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
+
[win orderOut:nil];
}
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr);
@@ -316,15 +314,15 @@ XUnmapWindow(
event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
} else {
-
/*
* Rebuild the visRgn clip region for the parent so it will be allowed
* to draw in the space from which this subwindow was removed.
*/
if (parentPtr && parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn) {
- TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr),
- parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
+ TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(
+ TkMacOSXDrawableView(parentPtr->privatePtr),
+ parentPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
}
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) parentPtr);
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(parentPtr);
@@ -357,11 +355,14 @@ XResizeWindow(
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
+
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
+
if (w) {
NSRect r = [w contentRectForFrameRect:[w frame]];
+
r.origin.y += r.size.height - height;
r.size.width = width;
r.size.height = height;
@@ -377,8 +378,8 @@ XResizeWindow(
*
* XMoveResizeWindow --
*
- * Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation
- * for further details.
+ * Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation for
+ * further details.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -402,22 +403,24 @@ XMoveResizeWindow(
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
- if (w) {
- /* We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
+ if (w) {
+ /*
+ * We explicitly convert everything to doubles so we don't get
* surprised (again) by what happens when you do arithmetic with
* unsigned ints.
*/
- CGFloat X = (CGFloat)x;
- CGFloat Y = (CGFloat)y;
- CGFloat Width = (CGFloat)width;
- CGFloat Height = (CGFloat)height;
- CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
- CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat)macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
- NSRect r = NSMakeRect(X + XOff,
- tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height,
- Width, Height);
+ CGFloat X = (CGFloat) x;
+ CGFloat Y = (CGFloat) y;
+ CGFloat Width = (CGFloat) width;
+ CGFloat Height = (CGFloat) height;
+ CGFloat XOff = (CGFloat) macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
+ CGFloat YOff = (CGFloat) macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
+ NSRect r = NSMakeRect(
+ X + XOff, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - Y - YOff - Height,
+ Width, Height);
+
[w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
}
} else {
@@ -430,8 +433,7 @@ XMoveResizeWindow(
*
* XMoveWindow --
*
- * Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further
- * details.
+ * Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further details.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -453,8 +455,10 @@ XMoveWindow(
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
+
if (w) {
- [w setFrameTopLeftPoint:NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y)];
+ [w setFrameTopLeftPoint: NSMakePoint(
+ x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y)];
}
} else {
MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
@@ -495,7 +499,6 @@ MoveResizeWindow(
if (contWinPtr) {
macParent = contWinPtr->privatePtr;
} else {
-
/*
* Here we should handle out of process embedding. At this point,
* we are assuming that the changes.x,y is not maintained, if you
@@ -504,7 +507,6 @@ MoveResizeWindow(
*/
}
} else {
-
/*
* TODO: update all xOff & yOffs
*/
@@ -596,7 +598,6 @@ XRaiseWindow(
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
} else {
-
/*
* TODO: this should generate damage
*/
@@ -631,7 +632,6 @@ XLowerWindow(
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
} else {
-
/*
* TODO: this should generate damage
*/
@@ -694,14 +694,16 @@ XConfigureWindow(
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &bounds);
r = NSMakeRect(bounds.left,
- [view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom,
- bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top);
+ [view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom,
+ bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top);
[view setNeedsDisplayInRect:r];
}
}
- /* TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr,
- macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y); */
+#if 0
+ TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr,
+ macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y);
+#endif
}
/*
@@ -723,14 +725,14 @@ XConfigureWindow(
void
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(
- TkWindow *winPtr,
- int flag)
+ TkWindow *winPtr,
+ int flag)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
if (macWin) {
- if (flag ) {
+ if (flag) {
macWin->flags &= ~TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
} else {
macWin->flags |= TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
@@ -738,8 +740,8 @@ TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(
}
/*
- * Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding
- * Toplevels. (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?)
+ * Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding Toplevels.
+ * (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?)
*/
childPtr = winPtr->childList;
@@ -903,7 +905,6 @@ TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(
}
CFRelease(rgn);
} else {
-
/*
* An unmapped window has empty clip regions to prevent any
* (erroneous) drawing into it or its children from becoming
@@ -933,8 +934,8 @@ TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(
* TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn --
*
* This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given
- * window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned
- * region via TkDestroyRegion().
+ * window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned region
+ * via TkDestroyRegion().
*
* Results:
* The region.
@@ -952,7 +953,7 @@ TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(
if (winPtr->privatePtr->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);
}
- return (TkRegion)HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
+ return (TkRegion) HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
}
/*
@@ -972,7 +973,12 @@ TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(
*/
static OSStatus
-InvalViewRect(int msg, HIShapeRef rgn, const CGRect *rect, void *ref) {
+InvalViewRect(
+ int msg,
+ HIShapeRef rgn,
+ const CGRect *rect,
+ void *ref)
+{
static CGAffineTransform t;
NSView *view = ref;
@@ -1052,7 +1058,7 @@ TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-NSWindow*
+NSWindow *
TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(
Drawable drawable)
{
@@ -1070,6 +1076,7 @@ TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(
result = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
} else if (macWin->toplevel && (macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
+
if (contWinPtr) {
result = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow((Drawable) contWinPtr->privatePtr);
}
@@ -1123,7 +1130,7 @@ TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-NSView*
+NSView *
TkMacOSXDrawableView(
MacDrawable *macWin)
{
@@ -1137,6 +1144,7 @@ TkMacOSXDrawableView(
result = macWin->toplevel->view;
} else {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
+
if (contWinPtr) {
result = TkMacOSXDrawableView(contWinPtr->privatePtr);
}
@@ -1164,7 +1172,6 @@ void *
TkMacOSXGetRootControl(
Drawable drawable)
{
-
/*
* will probably need to fix this up for embedding
*/
@@ -1281,7 +1288,8 @@ TkMacOSXWinBounds(
TkWindow *winPtr,
void *bounds)
{
- Rect *b = (Rect *)bounds;
+ Rect *b = (Rect *) bounds;
+
b->left = winPtr->privatePtr->xOff;
b->top = winPtr->privatePtr->yOff;
b->right = b->left + winPtr->changes.width;
@@ -1345,7 +1353,6 @@ UpdateOffsets(
TkWindow *childPtr;
if (winPtr->privatePtr == NULL) {
-
/*
* We haven't called Tk_MakeWindowExist for this window yet. The offset
* information will be postponed and calulated at that time. (This will
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c
index 54e1272..6b80761 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
- isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
+ isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
@@ -91,7 +91,6 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED;
}
if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {
-
/*
* Propagate geometry changes immediately.
*/
@@ -140,11 +139,10 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
- (NSRect)windowWillUseStandardFrame:(NSWindow *)window
defaultFrame:(NSRect)newFrame
{
-
/*
- * This method needs to be implemented in order for [NSWindow isZoomed]
- * to give the correct answer. But it suffices to always validate
- * every request.
+ * This method needs to be implemented in order for [NSWindow isZoomed] to
+ * give the correct answer. But it suffices to always validate every
+ * request.
*/
return newFrame;
@@ -153,13 +151,12 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
- (NSSize)window:(NSWindow *)window
willUseFullScreenContentSize:(NSSize)proposedSize
{
-
/*
- * We don't need to change the proposed size, but we do need to
- * implement this method. Otherwise the full screen window will
- * be sized to the screen's visibleFrame, leaving black bands at
- * the top and bottom.
+ * We don't need to change the proposed size, but we do need to implement
+ * this method. Otherwise the full screen window will be sized to the
+ * screen's visibleFrame, leaving black bands at the top and bottom.
*/
+
return proposedSize;
}
@@ -208,14 +205,13 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
}
/*
- * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window,
- * so can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
+ * If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window, so
+ * can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
*/
return (winPtr ? NO : YES);
}
-
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
@@ -256,7 +252,6 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
}
}
-
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications
@@ -363,11 +358,11 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
*
* TkpAppIsDrawing --
*
- * A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it
- * is being run inside of the drawRect method. This is needed for
- * some tests, especially of the Text widget, which record data in
- * a global Tcl variable and assume that display procedures will be
- * run in a predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks.
+ * A widget display procedure can call this to determine whether it is
+ * being run inside of the drawRect method. This is needed for some tests,
+ * especially of the Text widget, which record data in a global Tcl
+ * variable and assume that display procedures will be run in a
+ * predictable sequence as Tcl idle tasks.
*
* Results:
* True only while running the drawRect method of a TKContentView;
@@ -377,11 +372,11 @@ extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
MODULE_SCOPE Bool
TkpAppIsDrawing(void) {
return [NSApp isDrawing];
}
-
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -670,12 +665,10 @@ TkGenWMConfigureEvent(
if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
-
/*
* Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
* from what the widgets asked for.
*/
-
} else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
+ (width - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
@@ -687,12 +680,10 @@ TkGenWMConfigureEvent(
}
if ((wmPtr->height == -1) && (height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {
-
/*
* Don't set external height, since the user didn't change it
* from what the widgets asked for.
*/
-
} else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
+ (height - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
@@ -708,7 +699,6 @@ TkGenWMConfigureEvent(
}
}
-
/*
* Now set up the changes structure. Under X we wait for the
* ConfigureNotify to set these values. On the Mac we know imediatly that
@@ -899,8 +889,8 @@ ConfigureRestrictProc(
#endif
/*
- * We do not allow recursive calls to drawRect, but we only log
- * them on OSX > 10.13, where they should never happen.
+ * We do not allow recursive calls to drawRect, but we only log them on OSX
+ * > 10.13, where they should never happen.
*/
if ([NSApp isDrawing]) {
@@ -955,9 +945,9 @@ ConfigureRestrictProc(
Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;
/*
- * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
- * Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
- * don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
+ * This can be called from outside the Tk event loop. Since it calls
+ * Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we don't clobber the
+ * AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
*/
[NSApp _lockAutoreleasePool];
@@ -973,7 +963,7 @@ ConfigureRestrictProc(
*/
TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
- TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
+ TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg);
Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);
@@ -1061,9 +1051,9 @@ ConfigureRestrictProc(
}
/*
- * This method is called when a user changes between light and dark mode.
- * The implementation here generates a Tk virtual event which can be bound
- * to a function that redraws the window in an appropriate style.
+ * This method is called when a user changes between light and dark mode. The
+ * implementation here generates a Tk virtual event which can be bound to a
+ * function that redraws the window in an appropriate style.
*/
- (void) viewDidChangeEffectiveAppearance
@@ -1099,8 +1089,8 @@ ConfigureRestrictProc(
}
/*
- * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget,
- * but we are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
+ * This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget, but we
+ * are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
*/
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c
index 60277d1..648cf66 100644
--- a/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c
+++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c
@@ -3,8 +3,7 @@
*
* This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
* application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
- * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
- * manager.
+ * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window manager.
*
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
@@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ static void RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr);
if ([self styleMask] & NSFullScreenWindowMask) {
frameRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
- styleMask:[self styleMask]];
+ styleMask:[self styleMask]];
} else {
frameRect = [self frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect];
}
@@ -454,7 +453,7 @@ static void RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr);
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
- if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
+ if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) {
fprintf(stderr, "Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n",
title, [self retainCount]);
}
@@ -468,7 +467,7 @@ static void RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr);
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
- if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
+ if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) {
fprintf(stderr, "Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
title, [self retainCount]);
}
@@ -480,7 +479,7 @@ static void RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr);
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
- if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
+ if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1) {
fprintf(stderr, "Releasing <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
title, [self retainCount]);
}
@@ -492,7 +491,7 @@ static void RemoveTransient(TkWindow *winPtr);
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
- if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0){
+ if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0) {
fprintf(stderr, ">>>> Freeing <%s>. Count is %lu\n",
title, [self retainCount]);
}
@@ -998,25 +997,29 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(
if (winPtr2 && nswindow != window) {
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr2->wmInfoPtr;
- BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState ||
- wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);
+ BOOL minimized = (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == IconicState
+ || wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState);
+
/*
* If no windows are left on the screen and the next window is
* iconified or withdrawn, we don't want to make it be the
* KeyWindow because that would cause it to be displayed on the
* screen.
*/
+
if ([nswindow canBecomeKeyWindow] && !minimized) {
[nswindow makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
break;
}
}
}
+
/*
* Process all window events immediately to force the closed window to
* be deallocated. But don't do this for the root window as that is
* unnecessary and can lead to segfaults.
*/
+
if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
while (Tk_DoOneEvent(TK_WINDOW_EVENTS|TK_DONT_WAIT)) {}
}
@@ -2624,7 +2627,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
- || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
+ || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
@@ -3455,14 +3458,17 @@ WmStateCmd(
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
+ switch (index) {
+ case OPT_NORMAL:
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
/*
* This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
* window to be raised and receive focus
*/
- } else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
+
+ break;
+ case OPT_ICONIC:
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
@@ -3480,10 +3486,13 @@ WmStateCmd(
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
- } else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
+ break;
+ case OPT_WITHDRAWN:
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
- } else { /* OPT_ZOOMED */
+ break;
+ default: /* OPT_ZOOMED */
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
+ break;
}
} else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("icon", -1));
@@ -3603,14 +3612,12 @@ WmTransientCmd(
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
RemoveTransient(winPtr);
-
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = (TkWindow*) master;
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
-
/*
* Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
*/
@@ -3628,7 +3635,11 @@ WmTransientCmd(
}
wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- /* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here. */
+
+ /*
+ * Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here.
+ */
+
if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
@@ -3679,7 +3690,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(
ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
@@ -3786,6 +3797,7 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(
/*
* If this window has a transient, the transient must also be withdrawn.
*/
+
for (Transient *transientPtr = wmPtr->transientPtr;
transientPtr != NULL; transientPtr = transientPtr->nextPtr) {
TkWindow *winPtr2 = transientPtr->winPtr;
@@ -3800,10 +3812,10 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(
return TCL_OK;
}
-
+
/*
- * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
- * Schedules a geometry update.
+ * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
+ * update.
*/
static void
@@ -4417,9 +4429,10 @@ ParseGeometry(
if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
int borderwidth = wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width;
int newWidth = width == -1 ? winPtr->changes.width : width;
+
x = (x == -1) ?
- wmPtr->x + winPtr->changes.width - newWidth :
- wmPtr->vRootWidth - x - newWidth - borderwidth;
+ wmPtr->x + winPtr->changes.width - newWidth :
+ wmPtr->vRootWidth - x - newWidth - borderwidth;
}
if (x == -1) {
x = wmPtr->x;
@@ -4427,9 +4440,10 @@ ParseGeometry(
if (flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
int borderheight = wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height;
int newHeight = height == -1 ? winPtr->changes.height : height;
+
y = (y == -1) ?
- wmPtr->y + winPtr->changes.height - newHeight :
- wmPtr->vRootHeight - y - newHeight - borderheight;
+ wmPtr->y + winPtr->changes.height - newHeight :
+ wmPtr->vRootHeight - y - newHeight - borderheight;
}
if (y == -1) {
y = wmPtr->y;
@@ -4556,8 +4570,7 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(
*
* Results:
* The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
- * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
- * window.
+ * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such window.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -6146,9 +6159,9 @@ TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
*
* TkpDisplayWindow --
*
- * Mark the contentView of this window as needing display so the
- * window will be drawn by the window manager. If this is called
- * within the drawRect method, do nothing.
+ * Mark the contentView of this window as needing display so the window
+ * will be drawn by the window manager. If this is called within the
+ * drawRect method, do nothing.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6162,7 +6175,7 @@ TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin) {
if (![NSApp isDrawing]) {
- TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin;
+ TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
[[w contentView] setNeedsDisplay: YES];
@@ -6174,8 +6187,8 @@ TkpDisplayWindow(Tk_Window tkwin) {
*
* TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow --
*
- * This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table
- * that maps Mac windows to root X windows.
+ * This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table that
+ * maps Mac windows to root X windows.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6983,7 +6996,7 @@ ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(
}
if (macWindow) {
structureRect = [NSWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
- styleMask:styleMask];
+ styleMask:styleMask];
/*
* Synchronize the wmInfoPtr to match the new window configuration
@@ -7238,6 +7251,7 @@ RemapWindows(
MacDrawable *parentWin)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
+
/*
* Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets
* Mapped.
diff --git a/macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c b/macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c
index a890b63..0c474f0 100644
--- a/macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c
+++ b/macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c
@@ -60,10 +60,14 @@
/*
* BoxToRect --
- * Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable
- * to a native Rect relative to the containing port.
+ * Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable to a
+ * native Rect relative to the containing port.
*/
-static inline CGRect BoxToRect(Drawable d, Ttk_Box b)
+
+static inline CGRect
+BoxToRect(
+ Drawable d,
+ Ttk_Box b)
{
MacDrawable *md = (MacDrawable*)d;
CGRect rect;
@@ -102,10 +106,10 @@ static Ttk_StateTable ThemeStateTable[] = {
*
* Apple's Human Interface Guidelines only allow three specific heights for
* most buttons: Regular, small and mini. We always use the regular size.
- * However, Ttk may provide an arbitrary bounding rectangle. We always draw
- * the button centered vertically on the rectangle, and having the same width
- * as the rectangle. This function returns the actual bounding rectangle that
- * will be used in drawing the button.
+ * However, Ttk may provide an arbitrary bounding rectangle. We always draw the
+ * button centered vertically on the rectangle, and having the same width as
+ * the rectangle. This function returns the actual bounding rectangle that will
+ * be used in drawing the button.
*
* The BevelButton is allowed to have arbitrary size, and also has external
* padding. This is handled separately here.
@@ -115,8 +119,9 @@ static CGRect NormalizeButtonBounds(
SInt32 heightMetric,
CGRect bounds)
{
- SInt32 height;
- if (heightMetric != NoThemeMetric) {
+ if (heightMetric != (SInt32) NoThemeMetric) {
+ SInt32 height;
+
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, heightMetric, &height);
bounds.origin.y += (bounds.size.height - height)/2;
bounds.size.height = height;
@@ -149,8 +154,8 @@ static CGFloat blackRGBA[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0};
* Start with the background color of a window's geometry master, or the
* standard ttk window background if not. If the contrast parameter is
* nonzero modify this color to be darker, for the aqua appearance, or
- * lighter for the DarkAqua appearance. This is primarily used by the
- * Fill and Background elements.
+ * lighter for the DarkAqua appearance. This is primarily used by the Fill
+ * and Background elements.
*/
static void GetBackgroundColor(
@@ -161,11 +166,12 @@ static void GetBackgroundColor(
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetGeomMaster(tkwin);
+
while (masterPtr != NULL) {
if (masterPtr->privatePtr->flags & TTK_HAS_CONTRASTING_BG) {
break;
}
- masterPtr = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(masterPtr);
+ masterPtr = (TkWindow *) TkGetGeomMaster(masterPtr);
}
if (masterPtr) {
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
@@ -176,6 +182,7 @@ static void GetBackgroundColor(
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *windowColor = [[NSColor windowBackgroundColor]
colorUsingColorSpace: deviceRGB];
+
[windowColor getComponents: rgba];
} else {
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
@@ -219,6 +226,7 @@ static void DrawGroupBox(
NSColor *borderColor, *bgColor;
static CGFloat border[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.25};
CGFloat fill[4];
+
GetBackgroundColor(context, tkwin, 1, fill);
bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: fill
count: 4];
@@ -255,6 +263,7 @@ static void SolidFillRoundedRectangle(
NSColor *color)
{
CGPathRef path;
+
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, color.CGColor);
path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
@@ -271,14 +280,17 @@ static void DrawDownArrow(
CGFloat *rgba)
{
CGFloat x, y;
+
CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height/2);
- CGContextBeginPath(context);
+
CGPoint arrow[3] = {
{x, y-size/4}, {x+size/2, y+size/4}, {x+size, y-size/4}
};
+
+ CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
}
@@ -291,14 +303,17 @@ static void DrawUpArrow(
CGFloat *rgba)
{
CGFloat x, y;
+
CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height/2);
- CGContextBeginPath(context);
+
CGPoint arrow[3] = {
{x, y+size/4}, {x+size/2, y-size/4}, {x+size, y+size/4}
};
+
+ CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddLines(context, arrow, 3);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
}
@@ -368,6 +383,7 @@ static void DrawListHeader(
if (state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW) {
CGRect arrowBounds = bounds;
+
arrowBounds.origin.x = bounds.origin.x + bounds.size.width - 16;
arrowBounds.size.width = 16;
if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
@@ -413,7 +429,6 @@ static CGFloat darkInactiveGradient[8] = {89.0/255, 90.0/255, 93.0/255, 1.0,
static CGFloat darkSelectedGradient[8] = {23.0/255, 111.0/255, 232.0/255, 1.0,
20.0/255, 94.0/255, 206.0/255, 1.0};
-
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* GradientFillRoundedRectangle --
*
@@ -424,7 +439,7 @@ static void GradientFillRoundedRectangle(
CGContextRef context,
CGRect bounds,
CGFloat radius,
- CGFloat* colors,
+ CGFloat *colors,
int numColors)
{
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
@@ -435,6 +450,7 @@ static void GradientFillRoundedRectangle(
};
CGGradientRef gradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents(
deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, colors, NULL, numColors);
+
path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddPath(context, path);
@@ -452,14 +468,17 @@ static void DrawUpDownArrows(
CGFloat *rgba)
{
CGFloat x, y;
+
CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
x = bounds.origin.x + inset;
y = bounds.origin.y + trunc(bounds.size.height/2);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
+
CGPoint bottomArrow[3] = {{x, y+2}, {x+size/2, y+2+size/2}, {x+size, y+2}};
- CGContextAddLines(context, bottomArrow, 3);
CGPoint topArrow[3] = {{x, y-2}, {x+size/2, y-2-size/2}, {x+size, y-2}};
+
+ CGContextAddLines(context, bottomArrow, 3);
CGContextAddLines(context, topArrow, 3);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
}
@@ -483,6 +502,7 @@ static void FillButtonBackground(
bounds.origin.x,
bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height
};
+
CGContextBeginPath(context);
path = CGPathCreateWithRoundedRect(bounds, radius, radius, NULL);
CGContextAddPath(context, path);
@@ -508,6 +528,7 @@ static void HighlightButtonBorder(
CGPoint topEnd = {bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y + 3};
CGGradientRef topGradient = CGGradientCreateWithColorComponents(
deviceRGB.CGColorSpace, darkTopGradient, NULL, 2);
+
CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddArc(context, bounds.origin.x + 4, bounds.origin.y + 4,
@@ -576,6 +597,7 @@ static void DrawDarkButton(
if (kind == kThemePopupButton | kind == kThemeComboBox) {
CGRect arrowBounds = bounds;
+
arrowBounds.size.width = 16;
arrowBounds.origin.x += bounds.size.width - 16;
@@ -584,9 +606,9 @@ static void DrawDarkButton(
*/
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
- !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
+ !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, arrowBounds, 4,
- darkSelectedGradient, 2);
+ darkSelectedGradient, 2);
}
if (kind == kThemePopupButton) {
DrawUpDownArrows(context, arrowBounds, 3, 7, whiteRGBA);
@@ -601,8 +623,8 @@ static void DrawDarkButton(
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* DrawDarkIncDecButton --
*
- * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws an IncDecButton
- * (as used in a Spinbox) in the Dark Mode style.
+ * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws an IncDecButton (as
+ * used in a Spinbox) in the Dark Mode style.
*/
static void DrawDarkIncDecButton(
@@ -640,6 +662,7 @@ static void DrawDarkIncDecButton(
if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
CGRect clip = bounds;
+
clip.size.height /= 2;
CGContextSaveGState(context);
if (drawState == kThemeStatePressedDown) {
@@ -647,7 +670,7 @@ static void DrawDarkIncDecButton(
}
CGContextClipToRect(context, clip);
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 5,
- darkSelectedGradient, 2);
+ darkSelectedGradient, 2);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
DrawUpDownArrows(context, bounds, 3, 5, whiteRGBA);
@@ -714,6 +737,7 @@ static void DrawDarkCheckBox(
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *stroke;
CGFloat x, y;
+
bounds = CGRectOffset(checkbounds, bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y);
x = bounds.origin.x;
y = bounds.origin.y;
@@ -741,15 +765,17 @@ static void DrawDarkCheckBox(
CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, stroke.CGColor);
}
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
+ CGPoint check[3] = {{x+4, y+8}, {x+7, y+11}, {x+11, y+4}};
+
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.5);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
- CGPoint check[3] = {{x+4, y+8}, {x+7, y+11}, {x+11, y+4}};
CGContextAddLines(context, check, 3);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
} else if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
+ CGPoint bar[2] = {{x+4, y+8}, {x+12, y+8}};
+
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 2.0);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
- CGPoint bar[2] = {{x+4, y+8}, {x+12, y+8}};
CGContextAddLines(context, bar, 2);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
}
@@ -758,8 +784,8 @@ static void DrawDarkCheckBox(
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* DrawDarkRadioButton --
*
- * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws RadioButtons
- * in the Dark Mode style.
+ * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws RadioButtons in the
+ * Dark Mode style.
*/
static void DrawDarkRadioButton(
@@ -771,6 +797,7 @@ static void DrawDarkRadioButton(
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *fill;
CGFloat x, y;
+
bounds = CGRectOffset(checkbounds, bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y);
x = bounds.origin.x;
y = bounds.origin.y;
@@ -798,12 +825,14 @@ static void DrawDarkRadioButton(
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, fill.CGColor);
}
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
- CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGRect dot = {{x + 6, y + 6}, {6, 6}};
+
+ CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextAddEllipseInRect(context, dot);
CGContextFillPath(context);
} else if (state & TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE) {
CGRect bar = {{x + 5, y + 8}, {8, 2}};
+
CGContextFillRect(context, bar);
}
}
@@ -873,9 +902,9 @@ static void DrawDarkTab(
CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, stroke.CGColor);
CGContextBeginPath(context);
CGContextMoveToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x,
- originalBounds.origin.y + 1);
+ originalBounds.origin.y + 1);
CGContextAddLineToPoint(context, originalBounds.origin.x,
- originalBounds.origin.y + originalBounds.size.height - 1);
+ originalBounds.origin.y + originalBounds.size.height - 1);
CGContextStrokePath(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
}
@@ -891,7 +920,7 @@ static void DrawDarkTab(
}
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)) {
GradientFillRoundedRectangle(context, bounds, 4,
- darkSelectedGradient, 2);
+ darkSelectedGradient, 2);
} else {
faceColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkInactiveSelectedTab
@@ -901,12 +930,12 @@ static void DrawDarkTab(
HighlightButtonBorder(context, bounds);
}
}
-
+
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* DrawDarkSeparator --
*
- * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws a separator widget
- * in Dark Mode.
+ * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws a separator widget in
+ * Dark Mode.
*/
static void DrawDarkSeparator(
@@ -919,15 +948,16 @@ static void DrawDarkSeparator(
NSColor *fillColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: fill
count:4];
+
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, fillColor.CGColor);
CGContextFillRect(context, bounds);
}
-
+
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* DrawDarkFrame --
*
- * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws various
- * types of borders in Dark Mode.
+ * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws various types of
+ * borders in Dark Mode.
*/
static void DrawDarkFrame(
@@ -937,7 +967,6 @@ static void DrawDarkFrame(
{
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *stroke;
- CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y;
CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height;
CGPoint topPart[4] = {
@@ -945,7 +974,9 @@ static void DrawDarkFrame(
};
CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}};
CGPoint accent[2] = {{x, y + 1}, {x + w, y + 1}};
- switch(kind) {
+
+ CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
+ switch (kind) {
case kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare:
CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
@@ -978,8 +1009,8 @@ static void DrawDarkFrame(
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* DrawListHeader --
*
- * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws column
- * headers for a Treeview in the Dark Mode.
+ * This is a standalone drawing procedure which draws column headers for a
+ * Treeview in the Dark Mode.
*/
static void DrawDarkListHeader(
@@ -990,13 +1021,13 @@ static void DrawDarkListHeader(
{
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *stroke;
- CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
CGFloat x = bounds.origin.x, y = bounds.origin.y;
CGFloat w = bounds.size.width, h = bounds.size.height;
CGPoint top[2] = {{x, y}, {x + w, y}};
CGPoint bottom[2] = {{x, y + h}, {x + w, y + h}};
CGPoint separator[2] = {{x + w, y + 3}, {x + w, y + h - 3}};
+ CGContextSetStrokeColorSpace(context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextSetShouldAntialias(context, false);
stroke = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
@@ -1032,8 +1063,8 @@ static void DrawDarkListHeader(
*/
/*
- * When Ttk draws the various types of buttons, a pointer to one of these
- * is passed as the clientData.
+ * When Ttk draws the various types of buttons, a pointer to one of these is
+ * passed as the clientData.
*/
typedef struct {
@@ -1082,6 +1113,7 @@ static inline HIThemeButtonDrawInfo computeButtonDrawInfo(
*/
SInt32 HIThemeState;
+
switch (params->kind) {
case kThemePushButton:
HIThemeState = kThemeStateActive;
@@ -1101,9 +1133,13 @@ static inline HIThemeButtonDrawInfo computeButtonDrawInfo(
return info;
}
-static void ButtonElementMinSize(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- int *minWidth, int *minHeight, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
+static void
+ButtonElementMinSize(
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ int *minWidth, int *minHeight,
+ Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
@@ -1111,9 +1147,8 @@ static void ButtonElementMinSize(
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, minHeight);
/*
- * The theme height does not include the 1-pixel border around
- * the button, although it does include the 1-pixel shadow at
- * the bottom.
+ * The theme height does not include the 1-pixel border around the
+ * button, although it does include the 1-pixel shadow at the bottom.
*/
*minHeight += 2;
@@ -1129,9 +1164,13 @@ static void ButtonElementMinSize(
}
}
-static void ButtonElementSize(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- int *minWidth, int *minHeight, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
+static void
+ButtonElementSize(
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ int *minWidth, int *minHeight,
+ Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0, tkwin);
@@ -1153,10 +1192,10 @@ static void ButtonElementSize(
* to draw a button with a certain bounding rectangle it draws the button
* centered within the rectangle.
*
- * To compute the effective padding around a button we request the
- * content and bounding rectangles for a 100x100 button and use the
- * padding between those. However, we symmetrize the padding on the
- * top and bottom, because that is how the button will be drawn.
+ * To compute the effective padding around a button we request the content
+ * and bounding rectangles for a 100x100 button and use the padding between
+ * those. However, we symmetrize the padding on the top and bottom, because
+ * that is how the button will be drawn.
*/
ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds,
@@ -1170,16 +1209,21 @@ static void ButtonElementSize(
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = verticalPad / 2;
}
-static void ButtonElementDraw(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
+static void
+ButtonElementDraw(
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Drawable d,
+ Ttk_Box b,
+ Ttk_State state)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state, tkwin);
bounds = NormalizeButtonBounds(params->heightMetric, bounds);
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
switch (info.kind) {
@@ -1235,7 +1279,7 @@ static void ButtonElementDraw(
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
NULL);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonElementSpec = {
@@ -1315,18 +1359,26 @@ static Ttk_StateTable TabPositionTable[] = {
* TP30000359-TPXREF116>
*/
-static void TabElementSize(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- int *minWidth, int *minHeight, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
+static void
+TabElementSize(
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ int *minWidth, int *minHeight,
+ Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
- GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *)minHeight);
+ GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *) minHeight);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(0, 0, 0, 2);
-
}
-static void TabElementDraw(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
+static void
+TabElementDraw(
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Drawable d,
+ Ttk_Box b,
+ Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeTabDrawInfo info = {
@@ -1338,7 +1390,8 @@ static void TabElementDraw(
.kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
.position = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabPositionTable, state),
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
DrawDarkTab(bounds, state, dc.context);
@@ -1348,7 +1401,7 @@ static void TabElementDraw(
#else
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTab, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
#endif
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
@@ -1375,27 +1428,28 @@ static void PaneElementDraw(
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
+
bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 9) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1080
- DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
+ DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
#endif
} else {
- HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = {
- .version = 1,
- .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
- .direction = kThemeTabNorth,
- .size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
- .kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
- .adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal,
- };
- bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
- bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
- ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
+ HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = {
+ .version = 1,
+ .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
+ .direction = kThemeTabNorth,
+ .size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
+ .kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
+ .adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal,
+ };
+ bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
+ bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
+ ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PaneElementSpec = {
@@ -1418,32 +1472,39 @@ static Ttk_ElementSpec PaneElementSpec = {
*/
static void GroupElementSize(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- int *minWidth, int *minHeight, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ int *minWidth, int *minHeight,
+ Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(4);
}
static void GroupElementDraw(
- void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
- Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
+ void *clientData,
+ void *elementRecord,
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Drawable d,
+ Ttk_Box b,
+ Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 9) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED > 1080
- DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
+ DrawGroupBox(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
#endif
} else {
- const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = {
- .version = 0,
- .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
- .kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque,
- };
- ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
+ const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = {
+ .version = 0,
+ .state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
+ .kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque,
+ };
+ ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GroupElementSpec = {
@@ -1469,9 +1530,9 @@ typedef struct {
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
- Tk_Offset(EntryElement,backgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
+ Tk_Offset(EntryElement,backgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
- Tk_Offset(EntryElement,fieldbackgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
+ Tk_Offset(EntryElement,fieldbackgroundObj), ENTRY_DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{0}
};
@@ -1495,9 +1556,10 @@ static void EntryElementDraw(
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
CGFloat fill[4];
+
GetBackgroundColor(dc.context, tkwin, 1, fill);
background = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: fill
@@ -1505,7 +1567,7 @@ static void EntryElementDraw(
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, background.CGColor);
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
DrawDarkFrame(bounds, dc.context, kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
#endif
} else {
const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = {
@@ -1534,7 +1596,7 @@ static void EntryElementDraw(
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
inner.x, inner.y, inner.width, inner.height);
}
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
if (backgroundPtr == NULL) {
background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1080
@@ -1545,7 +1607,7 @@ static void EntryElementDraw(
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
}
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
/*if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
ChkErr(DrawThemeFocusRect, &bounds, 1);
@@ -1604,26 +1666,26 @@ static void ComboboxElementDraw(
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
bounds.origin.y += 1;
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
bounds.size.height += 1;
DrawDarkButton(bounds, info.kind, state, dc.context);
#endif
- } else
- {
+ } else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1080
if ((state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND) &&
- !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
+ !(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)) {
NSColor *background = [NSColor textBackgroundColor];
CGRect innerBounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, 2);
+
SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, innerBounds, 4, background);
}
#endif
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxElementSpec = {
@@ -1674,12 +1736,14 @@ static void SpinButtonUpElementDraw(
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
int infoState;
+
bounds.size.height *= 2;
if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
infoState = kThemeStatePressedUp;
} else {
infoState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state);
}
+
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = infoState,
@@ -1687,7 +1751,8 @@ static void SpinButtonUpElementDraw(
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
DrawDarkIncDecButton(bounds, infoState, state, dc.context);
@@ -1696,7 +1761,7 @@ static void SpinButtonUpElementDraw(
{
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonUpElementSpec = {
@@ -1725,12 +1790,13 @@ static void SpinButtonDownElementDraw(
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
int infoState = 0;
+
bounds.origin.y -= bounds.size.height;
bounds.size.height *= 2;
if (state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) {
infoState = kThemeStatePressedDown;
} else {
- return;
+ return; // ???
}
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
@@ -1740,16 +1806,17 @@ static void SpinButtonDownElementDraw(
.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
DrawDarkIncDecButton(bounds, infoState, state, dc.context);
} else
#endif
{
- ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
+ ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation,
+ NULL);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonDownElementSpec = {
@@ -1850,7 +1917,7 @@ static void TrackElementDraw(
info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbPlain;
}
}
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
@@ -1858,6 +1925,7 @@ static void TrackElementDraw(
NSColor *trackColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: darkTrack
count: 4];
+
if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 1, bounds.size.height/2 - 2);
} else {
@@ -1867,7 +1935,7 @@ static void TrackElementDraw(
}
#endif
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TrackElementSpec = {
@@ -1887,6 +1955,7 @@ static Ttk_ElementSpec TrackElementSpec = {
* Also buggy: The geometry here is a Wild-Assed-Guess; I can't figure out how
* to get the Appearance Manager to tell me the slider size.
*/
+
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *minWidth, int *minHeight, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
@@ -1971,7 +2040,7 @@ static void PbarElementDraw(
.trackInfo.progress.phase = phase,
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
@@ -1988,7 +2057,7 @@ static void PbarElementDraw(
}
#endif
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
@@ -2054,6 +2123,7 @@ static void TroughElementDraw(
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *troughColor;
CGFloat *rgba = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin) ? darkTrough : lightTrough;
+
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
bounds = CGRectInset(bounds, 0, 1);
@@ -2063,7 +2133,7 @@ static void TroughElementDraw(
troughColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: rgba
count: 4];
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1080
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, troughColor.CGColor);
@@ -2073,7 +2143,7 @@ static void TroughElementDraw(
dc.context, HIOrientation);
}
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
@@ -2105,6 +2175,7 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
{
ScrollbarElement *scrollbar = elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
+
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, scrollbar->orientObj, &orientation);
/*
@@ -2129,15 +2200,18 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *thumbColor;
CGFloat *rgba;
- if ((orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL &&
- thumbBounds.size.width >= Tk_Width(tkwin) - 8) ||
- (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL &&
- thumbBounds.size.height >= Tk_Height(tkwin) - 8)) {
+
+ if ((orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL
+ && thumbBounds.size.width >= Tk_Width(tkwin) - 8)
+ || (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
+ && thumbBounds.size.height >= Tk_Height(tkwin) - 8)) {
return;
}
+
int isDark = TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin);
+
if ((state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) ||
- (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER) ) {
+ (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER)) {
rgba = isDark ? darkActiveThumb : lightActiveThumb;
} else {
rgba = isDark ? darkInactiveThumb : lightInactiveThumb;
@@ -2145,9 +2219,9 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
thumbColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB
components: rgba
count: 4];
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
- SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, thumbBounds, 4, thumbColor);
- END_DRAWING
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
+ SolidFillRoundedRectangle(dc.context, thumbBounds, 4, thumbColor);
+ END_DRAWING;
#endif
} else {
double thumbSize, trackSize, visibleSize, viewSize;
@@ -2164,6 +2238,7 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
*/
viewSize = RangeToFactor(100.0);
+
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.bounds = troughBounds,
@@ -2171,6 +2246,7 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost,
.enableState = kThemeTrackActive
};
+
info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = viewSize*.8;
if (orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
trackSize = troughBounds.size.width;
@@ -2186,7 +2262,7 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
info.value = info.max * (b.y / (trackSize - thumbSize));
}
if ((state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED) ||
- (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER) ) {
+ (state & TTK_STATE_HOVER)) {
info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = kThemeThumbPressed;
} else {
info.trackInfo.scrollbar.pressState = 0;
@@ -2196,10 +2272,10 @@ static void ThumbElementDraw(
} else {
info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
}
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
- HIThemeDrawTrack (&info, 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
- END_DRAWING
- }
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
+ HIThemeDrawTrack(&info, 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
+ END_DRAWING;
+ }
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
@@ -2255,7 +2331,7 @@ static void SeparatorElementDraw(
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 101300
if (TkMacOSXInDarkMode(tkwin)) {
DrawDarkSeparator(bounds, dc.context, tkwin);
@@ -2265,7 +2341,7 @@ static void SeparatorElementDraw(
#else
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawSeparator, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
#endif
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SeparatorElementSpec = {
@@ -2316,9 +2392,9 @@ static void SizegripElementDraw(
.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGrowBox, &bounds.origin, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SizegripElementSpec = {
@@ -2381,23 +2457,25 @@ static void FillElementDraw(
NSColorSpace *deviceRGB = [NSColorSpace deviceRGBColorSpace];
NSColor *bgColor;
CGFloat fill[4];
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
GetBackgroundColor(dc.context, tkwin, 0, fill);
bgColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace: deviceRGB components: fill
count: 4];
CGContextSetFillColorSpace(dc.context, deviceRGB.CGColorSpace);
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(dc.context, bgColor.CGColor);
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
#else
ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)
? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive
: kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive;
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
//QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
#endif
}
@@ -2406,7 +2484,7 @@ static void BackgroundElementDraw(
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FillElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin),
- state);
+ state);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = {
@@ -2429,9 +2507,9 @@ static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = {
* +++ ToolbarBackground element -- toolbar style for frames.
*
* This is very similar to the normal background element, but uses a
- * different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect
- * used in toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than
- * ApplyThemeBackground() in order to get the right style.
+ * different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect used in
+ * toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than ApplyThemeBackground()
+ * in order to get the right style.
*
* <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
* Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/
@@ -2446,11 +2524,11 @@ static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw(
ThemeBrush brush = kThemeBrushToolbarBackground;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin));
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
//QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec = {
@@ -2517,7 +2595,7 @@ static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderAdornmentTable[] = {
{ kThemeAdornmentNone, 0}
};
-static void TreeAreaElementSize (
+static void TreeAreaElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *minWidth, int *minHeight, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
@@ -2565,13 +2643,12 @@ static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderAdornmentTable, state),
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
if ([NSApp macMinorVersion] > 8) {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1080
-
/*
- * Compensate for the padding added in TreeHeaderElementSize, so
- * the larger heading will be drawn at the top of the widget.
+ * Compensate for the padding added in TreeHeaderElementSize, so the
+ * larger heading will be drawn at the top of the widget.
*/
bounds.origin.y -= 4;
@@ -2586,7 +2663,7 @@ static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
} else {
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
}
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeHeaderElementSpec = {
@@ -2636,9 +2713,9 @@ static void DisclosureElementDraw(
.adornment = kThemeAdornmentDrawIndicatorOnly,
};
- BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
+ BEGIN_DRAWING(d);
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
- END_DRAWING
+ END_DRAWING;
}
}
@@ -2735,13 +2812,15 @@ TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScrollbar",
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)))
-TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
+TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE;
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
-static int AquaTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
+static int
+AquaTheme_Init(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "aqua", NULL);
@@ -2752,38 +2831,41 @@ static int AquaTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
/*
* Elements:
*/
+
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "background", &BackgroundElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "fill", &FillElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "field", &FieldElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbar.background",
- &ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec, 0);
+ &ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.button",
- &ButtonElementSpec, &PushButtonParams);
+ &ButtonElementSpec, &PushButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Checkbutton.button",
- &ButtonElementSpec, &CheckBoxParams);
+ &ButtonElementSpec, &CheckBoxParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Radiobutton.button",
- &ButtonElementSpec, &RadioButtonParams);
+ &ButtonElementSpec, &RadioButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbutton.border",
- &ButtonElementSpec, &BevelButtonParams);
+ &ButtonElementSpec, &BevelButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Menubutton.button",
- &ButtonElementSpec, &PopupButtonParams);
+ &ButtonElementSpec, &PopupButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.uparrow",
- &SpinButtonUpElementSpec, 0);
+ &SpinButtonUpElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.downarrow",
- &SpinButtonDownElementSpec, 0);
+ &SpinButtonDownElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.button",
- &ComboboxElementSpec, 0);
+ &ComboboxElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeitem.indicator",
- &DisclosureElementSpec, &DisclosureParams);
+ &DisclosureElementSpec, &DisclosureParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeheading.cell",
- &TreeHeaderElementSpec, &ListHeaderParams);
+ &TreeHeaderElementSpec, &ListHeaderParams);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeview.treearea", &TreeAreaElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeview.treearea",
+ &TreeAreaElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.tab", &TabElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.client", &PaneElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border", &GroupElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border",
+ &GroupElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Entry.field", &EntryElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.field", &EntryElementSpec, 0);
@@ -2803,23 +2885,31 @@ static int AquaTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Progressbar.track", &PbarElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.trough", &TrackElementSpec,
- &ScaleData);
+ &ScaleData);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.slider", &SliderElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.trough",
+ &TroughElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb",
+ &ThumbElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough",
+ &TroughElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb",
+ &ThumbElementSpec, 0);
/*
* If we are not in Snow Leopard or Lion the arrows won't actually be
* displayed.
*/
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
- Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow",
+ &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow",
+ &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow",
+ &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
+ Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow",
+ &ArrowElementSpec, 0);
/*
* Layouts:
generated by cgit v0.12 at 2024-11-10 07:59:40 (GMT)